<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bjs</id>
	<title>UmsWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bjs"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php/Special:Contributions/Bjs"/>
	<updated>2026-05-25T03:54:55Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Apple_Developer_Account&amp;diff=3748</id>
		<title>Apple Developer Account</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Apple_Developer_Account&amp;diff=3748"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T09:52:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Added section for Alternatives to creating their own Apple Developer Account&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This guide describes how to create your Apple Developer Account and give access to inLogic to administrate your app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The school needs it&#039;s own Apple Developer Account&lt;br /&gt;
#inLogic needs accesss to Apple Developer Program to create App ID and provisioning profile&lt;br /&gt;
#inLogic needs access to App Store Connect to create and continues update the app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why?==&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the changes made by Apple on their Store View Guidelines on the 21st of December, 2017, we are not longer permitted to release our customers apps through our own developer account. (Section 4.2.6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://developer.apple.com/app-store/review/guidelines/#minimum-functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, all customers must create their own Apple Developer account before we can release a new version. Having an Apple Developer account costs an anual fee of 99$ USD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, while you have to create your own developer account, when you add our development account as App Manager to your new developer account, we will still be able to handle the entire process of creating and keeping your app up-to-date with the latest releases of the UMS App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Alternatives ==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of signing up for an Apple Developer Account, your school can choose to become a member of &#039;Min skole app&#039;. This is a single app being hosted by InLogic where the first step for the user is to choose which school they wish to connect to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they choose the school the rest of the app is identical to the UMS app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can read more about &#039;Min skole app&#039; [[App#My School App|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create Apple Developer Account==&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have an Apple ID for your organization already, you can follow this guide to create one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://appleid.apple.com/account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that you can not use the same account if you&#039;re running the VPP (Volume Purchase Programme) on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After creating your account, you need to enroll for Apple Developer Program. Follow the guide below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://developer.apple.com/programs/enroll/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the instruction&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledeveloper appleidinformation.png|none|thumb|437x437px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the information&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledeveloper authority.png|none|thumb|593x593px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the information. Make sure that your Legal Entity Name (Company name) matches the one that is used when you received your DUNS number.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledevelop organizationinformation.png|none|thumb|415x415px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to provide the school DUNS number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Read about DUNS: https://developer.apple.com/support/D-U-N-S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Look up: https://developer.apple.com/enroll/duns-lookup/&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also request DUNS number from danish BisNode, who cooperate with Dun&amp;amp;Bradstreet: https://www.bisnode.dk/produkter/db-produkter/db-duns-nummer/#anchor-GetStarted&lt;br /&gt;
*It normally takes about 30min for the request to be completed and you&#039;ll receive an email with your DUNS number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add Apple Developer Program User==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will need access to create an App ID and iOS Distribution Provisioning Profiles, before an app can be build and bound to your Apple Developer Account. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indepth information about the Apple Developer Program Team Roles: https://developer.apple.com/support/roles/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to: https://developer.apple.com/account/#/people/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;Invite People&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppleDeveloperProgramPeople.png|none|thumb|410x410px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill out &#039;Invite as Admins&#039; and click invite&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppleDeveloperProgramAdmins.png|none|thumb|621x621px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you should see a Pending invitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please inform inLogic that an invite has been sent.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppleDeveloperProgramPendingInvite.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add App Store Connect User==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will need access to be able to create and upload new updates for your app. You do so by adding our account as &#039;another App Store Connect User&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Users and Roles&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore usersandroles.png|none|thumb|164x164px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the plus icon.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore plusicon.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fill out the information as seen below. Please note that you must check off &#039;Access to Certificates, Identifiers and Profiles&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Invite.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will now see that a confirmation email has been sent to inLogic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please inform inLogic that an invite has been sent.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppstoreConfirmationEmail.png|none|thumb|519x519px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Move app from inLogic account to your own==&lt;br /&gt;
You need to provide the following information to inLogic:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Team ID (Located here: https://developer.apple.com/account/#/membership/)&lt;br /&gt;
*Apple ID (email and it&#039;s case sensitive)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the process has started both parties need to accept the transfer agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Apple: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Once an app transfer has been requested, the recipient&#039;s Team Agent has 60 days from the day initiated to accept the request. Contracts that have not been accepted within 60 days will be canceled. App transfers can take up to two business days to complete, depending on an export compliance review.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Log into https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get this. The Team Agent needs to accept the agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore apptransferagreement.png|none|thumb|1236x1236px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you accept the app you&#039;ll be asked to fill out some question. These questions is some general information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New App Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;: Support URL should link to e.g. schools url, contact page or hosting center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;App Review Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Insert the information for the person who is responsible for the Apple account or the person who should be in control of the communication with app testers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppTransferReview.png|none|thumb|718x718px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D-U-N-S cannot be verified===&lt;br /&gt;
If you received the following error[[File:Appledeveloper dunsnumber.png|none|thumb|615x615px]]Look up your company on https://datacvr.virk.dk/data/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your Company type (Virksomhedsform) is registered as &#039;Other legal structure&#039; / &#039;Øvrige virksomhedsformer&#039;, your D&amp;amp;B number will not be recognized by apple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to contact Apple and prove to them that you are a company. This is done by using the &#039;Save to PDF&#039;-feature on Virk. You will have to explain the situation, and ask for an email to send this information to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Suggested explanation:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 I&#039;m writing/calling on behalf of my educational institution *&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;School name*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. We are trying to set up an Apple Developer account, and are encountering issues with the DUNS number. The company legal structure is registered as &#039;Other legal structure&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 I have been informed that this legal structure by itself is not enough for Apple to verify us as a legal entity, and that you need to see documentation that we are a registered company. I have the legal documents as PDFs, do you have an email I can send them to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your company type is not Other legal structure, please contact Apple Support https://developer.apple.com/contact/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;quot;Membership and Account&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D-U-N-S Number&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select either Phone or Email to be contacted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Two-factor Authentication===&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you have added a trusted phone number and one of your devices has two-factor authenticaiton on.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appdeveloper appletwofactor.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
On an iOS device go to Settings -&amp;gt; Select account -&amp;gt; Password &amp;amp; Security. Make sure Two-Factor Authentication is On.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Mac go to System Preferences -&amp;gt; iCloud -&amp;gt; Account Details -&amp;gt; Security. Then add a trusted phone number or device.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledeveloper twofactor.png|none|thumb|664x664px]]More info: https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT204915&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Loss of Keychain Access warning===&lt;br /&gt;
After an app transfer you&#039;ll receive the following email from Apple:&lt;br /&gt;
 Dear Developer,&lt;br /&gt;
 We identified one or more issues with a recent delivery for your app, &amp;quot;***********&amp;quot;. Your&lt;br /&gt;
 delivery was successful, but you may wish to correct the following issues in your next&lt;br /&gt;
 delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
 Potential Loss of Keychain Access - The previous version of software has an&lt;br /&gt;
 application-identifier value of [&#039;**********.dk.inlogic.**********&#039;] and the new version&lt;br /&gt;
 of software being submitted has an application-identifier of&lt;br /&gt;
 [&#039;**********.dk.inlogic.**********&#039;]. This will result in a loss of keychain access.&lt;br /&gt;
 After you&#039;ve corrected the issues, you can use Xcode or Application Loader to upload a new&lt;br /&gt;
 binary to iTunes Connect.&lt;br /&gt;
 Best regards,&lt;br /&gt;
 The App Store Team&lt;br /&gt;
Apps that should expect this warning and proceed with the submission regardless are: &amp;quot;Those that are submitting the first update for a recently acquired app via App Transfer&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no further action needed if an app transfer has been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/qa/qa1726/_index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can&#039;t see People menu in Developer Apple Developer Program===&lt;br /&gt;
If the people menu is missing from please check the account is not a type &amp;quot;individual&amp;quot;. You check this under Membership &amp;quot;Entity Type&amp;quot;. This should say &amp;quot;Company / Organization&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore people.png|none|thumb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3421</id>
		<title>Push Notifications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3421"/>
		<updated>2020-04-06T13:34:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;UNDER CONSTRUCTION!&#039;&#039;&#039; Push notification is a feature available in the UMS App, however only when using &#039;Min skole app&#039;. This allows the schools teachers and students to receive notifications on their phone about things such as news, timetable changes and receive [[SMS Alert]] as notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The school must be using &#039;Min skole app&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact InLogic to have Hub name provided, along with generated server-keys.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These keys must be inserted in the Configurator under Template editor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Push notifications editor 2.png|border|frameless|789x789px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s important you get the &#039;Manage&#039; and &#039;Listen&#039; endpoint keys correctly inserted, as otherwise this wont work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After this, press OK and ensure that all templates has this setting selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
Q: Why can&#039;t I receive push notifications?&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;A: If you made changes in the Configurator, you will either need to wait a day, or log out and back in, in the app, for the settings to pass through. Additionally ensure the phone has permitted push notifications.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: Can I use Push Notifications with the traditional app (not &#039;Min skole app&#039;)?&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;A: As it stands right now, this is not something we support.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3420</id>
		<title>Push Notifications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3420"/>
		<updated>2020-04-06T13:34:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;UNDER CONSTRUCTION&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push notification is a feature available in the UMS App, however only when using &#039;Min skole app&#039;. This allows the schools teachers and students to receive notifications on their phone about things such as news, timetable changes and receive [[SMS Alert]] as notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The school must be using &#039;Min skole app&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact InLogic to have Hub name provided, along with generated server-keys.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These keys must be inserted in the Configurator under Template editor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Push notifications editor 2.png|border|frameless|789x789px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s important you get the &#039;Manage&#039; and &#039;Listen&#039; endpoint keys correctly inserted, as otherwise this wont work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After this, press OK and ensure that all templates has this setting selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
Q: Why can&#039;t I receive push notifications?&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;A: If you made changes in the Configurator, you will either need to wait a day, or log out and back in, in the app, for the settings to pass through. Additionally ensure the phone has permitted push notifications.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: Can I use Push Notifications with the traditional app (not &#039;Min skole app&#039;)?&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;A: As it stands right now, this is not something we support.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3419</id>
		<title>Push Notifications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3419"/>
		<updated>2020-04-06T13:34:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Created Push notifications site&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;UNDER CONSTRUCTION&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Push notification is a feature available in the UMS App, however only when using &#039;Min skole app&#039;. This allows the schools teachers and students to receive notifications on their phone about things such as news, timetable changes and receive [[SMS Alert]] as notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The school must be using &#039;Min skole app&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact InLogic to have Hub name provided, along with generated server-keys.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These keys must be inserted in the Configurator under Template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Push notifications editor 2.png|border|frameless|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s important you get the &#039;Manage&#039; and &#039;Listen&#039; endpoint keys correctly inserted, as otherwise this wont work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After this, press OK and ensure that all templates has this setting selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== FAQ ==&lt;br /&gt;
Q: Why can&#039;t I receive push notifications?&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;A: If you made changes in the Configurator, you will either need to wait a day, or log out and back in, in the app, for the settings to pass through. Additionally ensure the phone has permitted push notifications.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q: Can I use Push Notifications with the traditional app (not &#039;Min skole app&#039;)?&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;A: As it stands right now, this is not something we support.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Push_notifications_editor_2.png&amp;diff=3418</id>
		<title>File:Push notifications editor 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Push_notifications_editor_2.png&amp;diff=3418"/>
		<updated>2020-04-06T13:27:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Push notifications editor 2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Push_notifications_configurator.png&amp;diff=3417</id>
		<title>File:Push notifications configurator.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Push_notifications_configurator.png&amp;diff=3417"/>
		<updated>2020-04-06T13:25:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Push notifications configurator&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3416</id>
		<title>Push Notifications</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Push_Notifications&amp;diff=3416"/>
		<updated>2020-04-06T13:19:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UNDER CONSTRUCTION&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;UNDER CONSTRUCTION&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Welcome_to_UMS_Wiki&amp;diff=3415</id>
		<title>Welcome to UMS Wiki</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Welcome_to_UMS_Wiki&amp;diff=3415"/>
		<updated>2020-04-06T13:19:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS-Web-og-app-400.png|thumb|340x340px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to UMS Wiki. This wiki contains technical information about UMS. UMS is developed to help the school’s IT-department avoid trivial and hour-long administration tasks. UMS is short for User Management System and it is a system&lt;br /&gt;
developed especially for the educational sector. UMS is a standard solution, which makes it easy to update and maintain, however, because UMS is built using optional modules, it can be tailored to your school’s individual needs. That way you get a simple and effective solution containing everything you need – nothing more, nothing less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are you seeking general information please visit our [http://www.inlogic.dk/en/ inLogic website www.inlogic.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is UMS?==&lt;br /&gt;
Watch our [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MI2Wh8ic2hk video] and find out more. UMS is developed to help the school’s IT-department avoid trivial and hour-long administration tasks. However, the school’s teachers and students will benefit from it too, via web and app. Want to know how? Find out in the text below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UMS reduces the IT-department’s workload&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With UMS, manual user creation is a thing of the past. UMS automatically creates and maintains users in Active Directory, Google Apps, Office 365 and learning management systems, based on data from the student administration system. UMS also gives the school’s students and staff access to a self-service portal, where they can reset their own password, thus saving time for the IT-department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UMS gives teachers more time to teach&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many teachers find themselves with a multitude of administrative tasks they need do to, in addition to their other tasks. This could ultimately reduce the amount time they have to teach. To avoid that, UMS makes it possible to complete the administrative tasks quickly and easily via the UMS self-service portal, app and SMS modules, thus giving teachers more time to teach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UMS makes it easier to be a student&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With UMS, it is easy to be a student, because a long list of relevant school information is easily accessible. E.g., students can see their timetable, homework, grades and attendance records via web and SMS. They can even get notifications on their phone, if there are changes to their timetable or other important information. This makes it easy to stay up-to-date and it strengthens the students’ affiliation to the school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Possibilities with UMS==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Identity management.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS automatically creates, maintains and deletes users in Active Directory, Office 365, Google Apps and many other systems, based on data from the student administration system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cloud integration.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS easily integrates with Office 365, SharePoint, Google Apps, Sites and Drives. Timetable data automatically synchronizes to Outlook / Google Calendar. We have also developed a learning portal to Office 365 SharePoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LMS integration.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS automatically creates class and group rooms in Canvas, Fronter, Moodle, SharePoint etc. Additionally, we integrate to a long list of other systems, e.g. library systems, print payment systems and cafeteria systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Self-service portal.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS gives you a single login portal, where users can register attendance, reset passwords, block internet access, create guest users, send SMS, see attendance records and much more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SMS and communication.&#039;&#039;&#039; The best way to reach your students is through their phones. With UMS, the students can automatically receive an SMS when there are changes to their timetable, they can reset their own password, receive their timetable and grades and much more via SMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;App.&#039;&#039;&#039; With UMS, your school can get its own smartphone app, designed with the school’s colours and logo. The app gives students access to their timetable, homework, student ID, attendance records, news from the school etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
If you need support, we are here to help you. Contact us on our support phone: &#039;&#039;&#039;+45 42408815&#039;&#039;&#039; Monday to Friday from 08.30 am to 03.30 pm. Outside of our opening hours you can send us an e-mail at [mailto:support@inlogic.dk support@inlogic.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get remote support with [http://downloads.inlogic.dk/TeamViewerQS_da-idcbvgwhct.exe TeamViewer]. With TeamViewer you can get remote support to solve issues, while you are watching. All it requires is that you give us access to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://downloads.inlogic.dk/Setup.zip UMS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://downloads.inlogic.dk/UMSFrontendSetup.zip UMS Academic Web]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read our [http://www.inlogic.dk/ums-changelog/ changelog] for the lastest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For other useful tools go to [http://www.inlogic.dk/en/support/download-ums/ inLogic&#039;s download site]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
[[InLogic SMS Gateway|InLogic SMS Gateway]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Foxbox|Foxbox SMS Modem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS License Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS update guide|UMS Update Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===App===&lt;br /&gt;
[[App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[App Store Connect|Apple Developer Account]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Push Notifications]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Custom Terms and Localization]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[App Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Student / Employee ID]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[My Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Alert App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vouchers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration - QR]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Attendance===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Absence Registration for Employees]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration Card System]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Backend===&lt;br /&gt;
[[AD Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[CSV export]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Exchange Reviewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Exchange Timetable Blocks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File Server Move]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[GetStudents]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password Expiration Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Powersave]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SLI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[STIL UNI Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integrations===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Axpoint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[BOSS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Custom SQL Commands]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reindex]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Casepoint|Casepoint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DAM]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[edCom]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Elbek &amp;amp; Vejrup Fagsystem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Integra]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Intranote]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lectio Sync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Google Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Papercut]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Print Payment and Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Safeticket]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Google app API]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Study Quiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[TimeEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UCFMD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Web Service]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SSO/AD FS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tabulex]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LMS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Canvas]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ELEARNINGFORCE SharePoint LMS]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fronter Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Itslearning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wizdom integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Office 365===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Office 365]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[OneNote Class Notebook]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[MSGraphPermissions|Microsoft Graph Permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sharepoint Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Teams]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Microsoft_SDS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Self Service===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Exam Handling]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Grades]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[IT Rules]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Merge Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Multiple Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password Self Service]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password Change]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SSO]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Photo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Logo on UMS Web ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Welcome]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Lock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Web Timetable]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SLI Change Username]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SMS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Timetable]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Welcome]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Log]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=3412</id>
		<title>Student / Employee ID</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=3412"/>
		<updated>2020-03-26T14:07:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Student ID Revamped&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This is a submodule available in [[App|UMS App]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Student and Employee ID is a module that is automatically available in the App. These ID&#039;s uses user information and UMS Photo and has no configuration specific to the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure Anonymous Authentication is enabled for the folder ‘Webservices’ in Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager for the Default Web Site&lt;br /&gt;
*To let the users change their student ID card profile image go to the chapter for [[My Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
*Configure a &#039;Student card setting&#039; under Templates -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Student card&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Student card settings v2.png|border|frameless|467x467px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student ID Barcode ===&lt;br /&gt;
The value &#039;Select column for card ID field&#039; determines what value in the Students-table will be used to generate the barcode on the backside of the card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The value &#039;Show Card ID label&#039; determines whether to show or hide the label on the backside, containing a text representation of the Card ID value. This is useful in cases where a scanner cannot read the barcode, but you instead have the option to input the card ID manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note: It is recommended to select a specific column, as only students imported from Lectio will have the &#039;CardID&#039;-column set by default.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
___&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set a default bar code format which the students Card ID will be shown as. &#039;&#039;Note that not all card IDs can be displayed in all formats.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web tasks -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; General settings (scroll to bottom)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the barcode format that your scanners support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Available_barcode_formats.png|frameless|324x324px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Layout ===&lt;br /&gt;
You now have the option to configure what fields from the Students-column you wish to show, along with what translations you want to attach to each field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is done by dragging the desired field from the left column into the right one, and add translations for each language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The order is arranged as following:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
You can add the &amp;lt;Empty&amp;gt; field to provide an empty field, meaning it can go &#039;1, 2, &amp;lt;Empty&amp;gt;, 4&#039;. Rows are autosizing to fit the content within, so know that if you make both entries in a row &amp;lt;Empty&amp;gt;, it will autosize to no height, effectively nullifying the Empty-row.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Standard layout ====&lt;br /&gt;
Default layout, in case nothing is configured, will be &#039;Studienr&#039; and &#039;BirthDay&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Constant values==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Full name: An aggregation of &#039;FORNAVNE&#039; and &#039;EFTERNAVN&#039; columns from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
*Expiration date: Either &#039;Current_Education_EndDate&#039; column from the Students table, or if that&#039;s empty, &#039;SLUTDATO&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that if some of these values are missing. it&#039;s usually a result of them missing in the database&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Integrations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ludus===&lt;br /&gt;
The SLUTDATO-column used for &#039;Expiration date&#039; is derived from the LUDUS database. First it tries to use &#039;DBA.ModulKursist.udmeldingsdato&#039;, and if that&#039;s null, it instead uses &#039;DBA.UndervisningPeriode.SLUTDATO&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student backside==&lt;br /&gt;
By using our [[Custom Terms and Localization]] module, we&#039;ve added a backside to the Student Card&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By adding a translation entry in your localization file with the following key, you can add whatever custom text you want to show on the backside of the Student card:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Key: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentCardBacksideText&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Studentcard backside.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;ve taken a new photo and it&#039;s showing in Your Information, but not on my Student/Employee Card&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When you take a new photo with Your Information, it&#039;s stored with a &#039;Pending&#039;-tag. To ensure only valid photos are used for user IDs, the student and employee cards only uses photos that has been marked as Approved.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;See [[UMS Photo]] for more info on this module.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;The student card backside isn&#039;t showing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;By default the translated entry is empty, and as a result the student card backside is disabled. It will only become enabled once you have added a translated entry for the specified key.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;How do I get the student card backside to show?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tap the student card to flip between front and back side.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Student_card_settings_v2.png&amp;diff=3411</id>
		<title>File:Student card settings v2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Student_card_settings_v2.png&amp;diff=3411"/>
		<updated>2020-03-26T13:49:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Student card settings v2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=3269</id>
		<title>Attendance Registration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=3269"/>
		<updated>2019-12-10T09:17:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Student reason settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Attendance Registration is a tool for the educational sector that makes it easy to register attendance. Through a simple and intuitive interface, the teacher can register who is present, who is late, and who is absent. Registering attendance can be done in a matter of seconds, simply by clicking the button with the student’s name and picture. The interface uses colour codes, which makes it easy to see what the individual students are registered as. You decide which attendance options you want to use - i.e. options for being late, for legal absence, and illegal absence - as well as which colours are used for the different options. When attendance is registered, UMS automatically writes back to the administrative system - if supported. The interface also supports the possibility to see if the student has sent a text message to the school or if the staff has written notes regarding the student’s attendance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are references to other UMS modules, e.g. SMS, in this guide. In case the mentioned modules are not present in your environment, you can ignore these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit templates, it is also required to have a basic knowledge about the UMS configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Easy-C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ludus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SIS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Other systems where it is possible to retrieve a timetable for students and teachers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
To start testing after setup, you must log in as a teacher. See if you have access to attendance registration on the front page of UMS portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on attendance registration and check that you can search for timetables for students, teachers, and classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check that you can register individual students as absent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is necessary to get started===&lt;br /&gt;
To get started, it is necessary to have a running [[UMS]] installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
Install [[UMS]] and [[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Settings for UMS Attendance Basic===&lt;br /&gt;
All settings for UMS Attendance Basic is set in the configurator. In the main menu under &#039;Settings/Services&#039;, it is necessary to set the &#039;Absence service&#039; to run on a server. The service is responsible for sending text messages to students that are registered as absent. Please make sure the service has started and is running. See example of the set up below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AbsenceServiceSetup.png|none|thumb|636x636px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Global settings are settings that are valid for the entire school. For settings that can be altered per education, class, or similar, see &#039;Individual settings&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Global settings are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance colours&lt;br /&gt;
*Design text messages sent to the students&lt;br /&gt;
*Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit attendance types (late, approved, not approved)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Attendance colours====&lt;br /&gt;
Settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\colors&#039; in the main menu. Simply select the colours you want to use for each type of attendance. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencecolor.png|none|thumb|573x573px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Designing text messages sent to the students====&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to preset text messages that will be sent to students if they are registered as absent. The settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\SMS&#039; in the main menu. The text messages can be set for each type of attendance both in Danish and English. It is also possible to create multiple text messages for each type of attendance. If you create multiple messages, the system will randomise these messages. Meaning, the system will send different messages to a student each time attendance is registered. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesms.png|none|thumb|598x598px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you edit a message, there are several variables that can be used to ensuaking the messages more personalised. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesmsvariables.png|none|thumb|1009x1009px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking====&lt;br /&gt;
Granting access to functions in the registration interface is done under &#039;Setup web access/Absence&#039;. Attendance basic allows &#039;register access&#039; and &#039;Future registration access&#039;. Enter a group (nested groups are allowed) with the teacher/employees that are allowed to use the specific function. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The checkboxes have the following meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Count too late on statistics&#039; – Not used for Attendance basic&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show empty days&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit days with no planned timetable?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show weekends&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit weekends?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show legal&#039; – Is legal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show illegal&#039; – Is illegal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show too late&#039; – Is too late attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencewebsetup.png|none|thumb|828x828px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Edit attendance types=====&lt;br /&gt;
To edit letters and text used in the attendance module, choose the button &#039;Select&#039; (see the window above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double-click on the row containing the settings you want to edit. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absenceselect.png|none|thumb|874x874px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Individual settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Individual settings can be altered per education, class, or similar. For settings valid for the entire school, see &#039;Global settings&#039;. If an individual setting for a specific group is needed, it is necessary to create the group with the students in question beforehand. These settings can be altered under Configurator\Templates\Edit\Absence\Manage\Add a new or edit an existing setting.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Template Absence Setting.jpg|none|thumb|784x784px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SMS and App settings for notify absence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;SMS Sick Keyword&#039; - The keyword set in this box will define which keyword the student sends in a text message to notify absence. E.g. the keyword &#039;Sick&#039; means the student has to send a message containing &#039;sick&#039; or &#039;sick %reason or message to the teacher%&#039;. Both cases will be accepted by UMS. All text after the keyword will not be stored in UMS.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;SMS absence Keyword&#039; - The keyword set in this box will define which keyword the student sends in a text message to notify absence. E.g. the keyword &#039;Sick&#039; means the student has to send a message containing &#039;sick&#039; or &#039;sick %reason or message to the teacher%&#039;. Both cases will be accepted by UMS. All text after the keyword will be stored in UMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default incoming SMS status&#039; - These are settings for which type of attendance the system should set as default when receiving a message from a student notifying absence. The teacher will see this status in the attendance registration interface. E.g. when the default type of attendance is &#039;Legal absence&#039;, students will be marked as &#039;Legal absence&#039; when notifying absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Ignore messages for today start/end&#039; - In the set time span, it is not possible for a student to send a text message to notify absence. This means that if the message is received before the given start time, e.g. 10 a.m., the system will check the students schedule for timetable blocks that day and mark the blocks with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039;. The system will then send a reply confirming the student is marked absent. If the message is received between the start and end time, e.g. 10 a.m. and 3 p.m., the system will send the student a reply, saying it is not allowed to notify absence at this time. If the message is received after the given end time, e.g. 3.pm., the system will check the schedule for timetable blocks the following day and mark those with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039; If this feature is set to 00:00 - 00:00 students cannot register as absent. If you want an &amp;quot;Always register for the current day&amp;quot;-functionality, set it to 23:59 - 00:00&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Require reason&#039; - The school can require the students to give a reason when notifying absence. Check this box if students have to write a reason in order to register as absent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Misc settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Use cards&#039; - This enables students to register via their student ID&#039;s via Bianco. Check this box if the student is allowed to register via card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show watermark at %&#039; - If the school has a limitation for how high attendance percentage is allowed for a student, this can be set as visible. Check this box if it should be visible if the students are above the accepted limit&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This setting decides how many days backwards a teacher is allowed to register and edit attendance. Set the number of days that are allowed in the drop-down menu &#039;Days back&#039;. Please note that this setting cannot exceed the number of days backwards in the global timetable block data job!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Too late&#039; - This shows the number of minutes a late show should count. &#039;Too late&#039; sets the number of minutes late attendance should count. If a student is late for class it will be registered as e.g. 10 minutes absence. Set the number of minutes that should count in this box&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show percent on studentstat&#039; - Check this box, if students are allowed to see their attendance percent under &#039;My attendance&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Send SMS&#039; - When a student is registered as absent, the system can reply with a text message. Check this box to enable the system to send a reply&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default calculation view&#039; - Choose between &amp;quot;Display calculation in lessons&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Display calculations in minutes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Lesson length&#039; - Number of minutes one lesson counts for&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Time interval for calculation&#039; - Select the time interval for the calculation of my absence&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Course&#039; - Check this box to show course view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Activity&#039; - Check this box to show activity view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Grades&#039; - Check this box to show grades in statistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Student reason settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039; - This setting allows students to create an absence reason when they are registered as absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Use Cutoff Day&#039; - This setting changes the &#039;Register absence&#039; feature from being reliant on a specific amount of days back, to instead be fixed to a specific amount of days into a month.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Cutoff day of month&#039; - At this day of the month the absence gets &amp;quot;locked&amp;quot; for the previous month.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This sets how many days backwards students are allowed to add an absence reason on a course. E.g. the student can register an absence reason 7 days backwards&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Admin/teacher notes in app&#039; - Changes whether the student can see administration and teacher-written notes on absence entries. They are presented in the app with a lock icon and cursive text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Admin teacher app notes.jpg|border|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Attendance_Registration/WarningReports|Warning reports]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What to do when a teacher can&#039;t register absence X days back ?====&lt;br /&gt;
A specific day in the absence registration system has a green checkmark if the teacher is allowed to register according to &amp;quot;Days back&amp;quot; absence settings on the template in UMS Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only members of the AD group configured in Websetup are allowed to register more days back than teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What to do when abscence can&#039;t be registrated due to double registration ?====&lt;br /&gt;
This error is due to double absence registration. Absence should be deleted in the administrativ program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(UpdateEasyW031) Update Error Username = benj4896 - TimeStamp = 26-09-2018 10:14:55 - ErrorCode = 6 - ErrorText = elev. 2510015153, dato 26.09.2018, lektion: 2 eksisterende fravær kan ikke overskrives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How can a teacher know that if a student has a pause?====&lt;br /&gt;
If a student has a pause, a small pause icon will be shown for that student.&lt;br /&gt;
Hovering with the mouse over the icon will show the pause interval.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The system will automatically handle how much absence a student should have, if they don&#039;t show up, but they have a pause.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Admin_teacher_app_notes.jpg&amp;diff=3268</id>
		<title>File:Admin teacher app notes.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Admin_teacher_app_notes.jpg&amp;diff=3268"/>
		<updated>2019-12-10T09:16:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Admin teacher app notes&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=3245</id>
		<title>Student / Employee ID</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=3245"/>
		<updated>2019-12-03T10:01:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Student ID Barcode */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This is a submodule available in [[App|UMS App]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Student and Employee ID is a module that is automatically available in the App. These ID&#039;s uses user information and UMS Photo and has no configuration specific to the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure Anonymous Authentication is enabled for the folder ‘Webservices’ in Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager for the Default Web Site&lt;br /&gt;
*To let the users change their student ID card profile image go to the chapter for [[My Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student values==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Full name: An aggregation of &#039;FORNAVNE&#039; and &#039;EFTERNAVN&#039; columns from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
*Birthday: The &#039;BirthDay&#039; column from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
*Last verified: A value that displays when this student card was fetched from the server. Should always show the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
*Expiration date: Either &#039;Current_Education_EndDate&#039; column from the Students table, or if that&#039;s empty, &#039;SLUTDATO&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
*School community: Will say Yes or No. Yes if the current date is between SchoolCommunityHomeStartDate and SchoolCommunityHomeEndDate. No if it&#039;s outside this time span.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that if some of these values are missing. it&#039;s usually a result of them missing in the database&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Integrations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ludus===&lt;br /&gt;
The SLUTDATO-column used for &#039;Expiration date&#039; is derived from the LUDUS database. First it tries to use &#039;DBA.ModulKursist.udmeldingsdato&#039;, and if that&#039;s null, it instead uses &#039;DBA.UndervisningPeriode.SLUTDATO&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Barcode==&lt;br /&gt;
Only students imported from Lectio will have a Card ID set by default. Note that not all card IDs can be displayed in all formats. You can set a default bar code format which the students Card ID will be shown as.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web tasks -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; General settings (scroll to bottom)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the barcode format that your scanners support.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Available barcode formats.png|none|frame]]Additionally you have the option to toggle whether the label that shows the Barcode as cleartext, should be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With formats such as QR code, you may want to hide this label, as it would otherwise overlap with parts of the QR code, making it unreadable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Student card settings.png|frameless|508x508px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Username==&lt;br /&gt;
You have the option to specify a different field to user for Username, on a template-basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be any column from the Students database.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Student card username.jpg|none|frame]]At the same time you may wish to change the header for the specified entry. To change the Username header, edit the [[Custom Terms and Localization|key in the Translation file]] named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentNumberHeader&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2018-11-30-13-19-05.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student backside==&lt;br /&gt;
By using our [[Custom Terms and Localization]] module, we&#039;ve added a backside to the Student Card&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By adding a translation entry in your localization file with the following key, you can add whatever custom text you want to show on the backside of the Student card:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Key: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentCardBacksideText&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Studentcard backside.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;ve taken a new photo and it&#039;s showing in Your Information, but not on my Student/Employee Card&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When you take a new photo with Your Information, it&#039;s stored with a &#039;Pending&#039;-tag. To ensure only valid photos are used for user IDs, the student and employee cards only uses photos that has been marked as Approved.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;See [[UMS Photo]] for more info on this module.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;The student card backside isn&#039;t showing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;By default the translated entry is empty, and as a result the student card backside is disabled. It will only become enabled once you have added a translated entry for the specified key.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;How do I get the student card backside to show?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tap the student card to flip between front and back side.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Student_card_settings.png&amp;diff=3244</id>
		<title>File:Student card settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Student_card_settings.png&amp;diff=3244"/>
		<updated>2019-12-03T10:00:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Student card settings&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=3171</id>
		<title>Attendance Registration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=3171"/>
		<updated>2019-09-25T09:58:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Student reason settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Attendance Registration is a tool for the educational sector that makes it easy to register attendance. Through a simple and intuitive interface, the teacher can register who is present, who is late, and who is absent. Registering attendance can be done in a matter of seconds, simply by clicking the button with the student’s name and picture. The interface uses colour codes, which makes it easy to see what the individual students are registered as. You decide which attendance options you want to use - i.e. options for being late, for legal absence, and illegal absence - as well as which colours are used for the different options. When attendance is registered, UMS automatically writes back to the administrative system - if supported. The interface also supports the possibility to see if the student has sent a text message to the school or if the staff has written notes regarding the student’s attendance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are references to other UMS modules, e.g. SMS, in this guide. In case the mentioned modules are not present in your environment, you can ignore these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit templates, it is also required to have a basic knowledge about the UMS configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Easy-C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lectio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SIS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Other systems where it is possible to retrieve a timetable for students and teachers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
To start testing after setup, you must log in as a teacher. See if you have access to attendance registration on the front page of UMS portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on attendance registration and check that you can search for timetables for students, teachers, and classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check that you can register individual students as absent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is necessary to get started===&lt;br /&gt;
To get started, it is necessary to have a running [[UMS]] installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
Install [[UMS]] and [[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Settings for UMS Attendance Basic===&lt;br /&gt;
All settings for UMS Attendance Basic is set in the configurator. In the main menu under &#039;Settings/Services&#039;, it is necessary to set the &#039;Absence service&#039; to run on a server. The service is responsible for sending text messages to students that are registered as absent. Please make sure the service has started and is running. See example of the set up below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AbsenceServiceSetup.png|none|thumb|636x636px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Global settings are settings that are valid for the entire school. For settings that can be altered per education, class, or similar, see &#039;Individual settings&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Global settings are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance colours&lt;br /&gt;
*Design text messages sent to the students&lt;br /&gt;
*Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit attendance types (late, approved, not approved)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Attendance colours====&lt;br /&gt;
Settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\colors&#039; in the main menu. Simply select the colours you want to use for each type of attendance. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencecolor.png|none|thumb|573x573px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Designing text messages sent to the students====&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to preset text messages that will be sent to students if they are registered as absent. The settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\SMS&#039; in the main menu. The text messages can be set for each type of attendance both in Danish and English. It is also possible to create multiple text messages for each type of attendance. If you create multiple messages, the system will randomise these messages. Meaning, the system will send different messages to a student each time attendance is registered. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesms.png|none|thumb|598x598px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you edit a message, there are several variables that can be used to ensuaking the messages more personalised. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesmsvariables.png|none|thumb|670x670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking====&lt;br /&gt;
Granting access to functions in the registration interface is done under &#039;Setup web access/Absence&#039;. Attendance basic allows &#039;register access&#039; and &#039;Future registration access&#039;. Enter a group (nested groups are allowed) with the teacher/employees that are allowed to use the specific function. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The checkboxes have the following meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Count too late on statistics&#039; – Not used for Attendance basic&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show empty days&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit days with no planned timetable?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show weekends&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit weekends?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show legal&#039; – Is legal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show illegal&#039; – Is illegal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show too late&#039; – Is too late attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencewebsetup.png|none|thumb|828x828px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Edit attendance types=====&lt;br /&gt;
To edit letters and text used in the attendance module, choose the button &#039;Select&#039; (see the window above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double-click on the row containing the settings you want to edit. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absenceselect.png|none|thumb|874x874px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Individual settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Individual settings can be altered per education, class, or similar. For settings valid for the entire school, see &#039;Global settings&#039;. If an individual setting for a specific group is needed, it is necessary to create the group with the students in question beforehand. These settings can be altered under Configurator\Templates\Edit\Absence\Manage\Add a new or edit an existing setting.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Template absence updated.png|frameless|784x784px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SMS and App settings for notify absence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;SMS Keyword&#039; - The keyword set in this box will define which keyword the student sends in a text message to notify absence. E.g. the keyword &#039;Sick&#039; means the student has to send a message containing &#039;sick&#039; or &#039;sick %reason or message to the teacher%&#039;. Both cases will be accepted by UMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default incoming SMS status&#039; - These are settings for which type of attendance the system should set as default when receiving a message from a student notifying absence. The teacher will see this status in the attendance registration interface. E.g. when the default type of attendance is &#039;Legal absence&#039;, students will be marked as &#039;Legal absence&#039; when notifying absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Ignore messages for today start/end&#039; - In the set time span, it is not possible for a student to send a text message to notify absence. This means that if the message is received before the given start time, e.g. 10 a.m., the system will check the students schedule for timetable blocks that day and mark the blocks with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039;. The system will then send a reply confirming the student is marked absent. If the message is received between the start and end time, e.g. 10 a.m. and 3 p.m., the system will send the student a reply, saying it is not allowed to notify absence at this time. If the message is received after the given end time, e.g. 3.pm., the system will check the schedule for timetable blocks the following day and mark those with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039; If this feature is set to 00:00 - 00:00 students cannot register as absent. If you want an &amp;quot;Always register for the current day&amp;quot;-functionality, set it to 23:59 - 00:00&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Require reason&#039; - The school can require the students to give a reason when notifying absence. Check this box if students have to write a reason in order to register as absent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Misc settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Use cards&#039; - This enables students to register via their student ID&#039;s via Bianco. Check this box if the student is allowed to register via card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show watermark at %&#039; - If the school has a limitation for how high attendance percentage is allowed for a student, this can be set as visible. Check this box if it should be visible if the students are above the accepted limit&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This setting decides how many days backwards a teacher is allowed to register and edit attendance. Set the number of days that are allowed in the drop-down menu &#039;Days back&#039;. Please note that this setting cannot exceed the number of days backwards in the global timetable block data job!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Too late&#039; - This shows the number of minutes a late show should count. &#039;Too late&#039; sets the number of minutes late attendance should count. If a student is late for class it will be registered as e.g. 10 minutes absence. Set the number of minutes that should count in this box&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show percent on studentstat&#039; - Check this box, if students are allowed to see their attendance percent under &#039;My attendance&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Send SMS&#039; - When a student is registered as absent, the system can reply with a text message. Check this box to enable the system to send a reply&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default calculation view&#039; - Choose between &amp;quot;Display calculation in lessons&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Display calculations in minutes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Lesson length&#039; - Number of minutes one lesson counts for&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Time interval for calculation&#039; - Select the time interval for the calculation of my absence&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Course&#039; - Check this box to show course view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Activity&#039; - Check this box to show activity view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Grades&#039; - Check this box to show grades in statistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Student reason settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039; - This setting allows students to create an absence reason when they are registered as absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Use Cutoff Day&#039; - This setting changes the &#039;Register absence&#039; feature from being reliant on a specific amount of days back, to instead be fixed to a specific amount of days into a month.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Cutoff day of month&#039; - At this day of the month the absence gets &amp;quot;locked&amp;quot; for the previous month.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This sets how many days backwards students are allowed to add an absence reason on a course. E.g. the student can register an absence reason 7 days backwards&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show admin notes in app&#039; - Changes whether the student can see administration-written notes on absence entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What to do when a teacher can&#039;t register absence X days back ?====&lt;br /&gt;
A specific day in the absence registration system has a green checkmark if the teacher is allowed to register according to &amp;quot;Days back&amp;quot; absence settings on the template in UMS Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only members of the AD group configured in Websetup are allowed to register more days back than teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What to do when abscence can&#039;t be registrated due to double registration ?====&lt;br /&gt;
This error is due to double absence registration. Absence should be deleted in the administrativ program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(UpdateEasyW031) Update Error Username = benj4896 - TimeStamp = 26-09-2018 10:14:55 - ErrorCode = 6 - ErrorText = elev. 2510015153, dato 26.09.2018, lektion: 2 eksisterende fravær kan ikke overskrives&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Guest_Users&amp;diff=3161</id>
		<title>Guest Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Guest_Users&amp;diff=3161"/>
		<updated>2019-09-12T11:31:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* User settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Create a new guest user easily.&lt;br /&gt;
With the Guest Users module, the school can welcome and manage accounts of temporary users more efficiently. The module is particularly helpful, when you have a consultant, guest or other third party participants, who need temporary access to the school’s system.&lt;br /&gt;
UMS creates and manages guest users quickly and easily. Create users without assistance from the IT department. The module makes it easy for the school’s staff to create groups of unnamed users. No experience is necessary: You simply login online and press ’Create Guest User’.&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone with the appropriate rights can create temporary users, without assistance from the IT department. All new users get their own login. Avoid clutter.&lt;br /&gt;
It can be very valuable to avoid clutter in your system. The module also lets you edit the user’s information, print or save the as CSV file and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
All&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
Active Directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
All settings regarding this module is via Template settings, just as “ordinary” users that UMS maintains&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multipleusersdatasources.png|none|thumb|825x825px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simply create a new template and choose “Guest Users” as data source for the template. All other settings for the Guest users are controlled just like the “ordinary” users that UMS maintains from the admin system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All special settings regarding multiple users are controlled under “Data source” settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====User settings====&lt;br /&gt;
This sections controls how the users loginnames are generated. In this example, subsequent users are created as GUEST_16, GUEST_17, GUEST_18 and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Max age indicates the max allowed duration for a guest user created by UMS to stay active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Group settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a prefix for the groups created by multiple users module. Choose a prefix that will insure that groups created by multiple user module not will interfere with existing groups in Active directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Web settings====&lt;br /&gt;
This sections controls which users can create multiple users on this template. Also its possible to indicate which mergelist template are default for users created with this template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Web melder ”Fejl under oprettelse”, Men brugerne bliver oprettet dagen efter?====&lt;br /&gt;
Når bruger beder om at få  oprettet gæstebrugere som skal være aktive med det samme, skal der være  installeret UMS Backend på webserveren. Årsagen til at brugerene ”dukker” op  dagen efter er at den almindelige brugeroprettelse (typisk på en anden  server) tager over for brugere som skal vedligeholdes efter som skal oprettes  senere (mere end én dag ud i fremtiden).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Når jeg logger ind Ums portal, har jeg ikke nogen knap til at oprette gæstebrugere?====&lt;br /&gt;
For at få adgang på knappen (og funktionaliteten),    skal brugeren være medlem af én eller flere sikkerhedsgrupper som er sat på    en gæstebruger-template&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mine gæstebrugere bliver ikke oprettet i Office 365?====&lt;br /&gt;
Sørg for at det password som er sat på templaten er stærkt nok til Office 365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creation time and delay===&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your guest user to be created the same day the guest user is entered into the system, you&#039;ll have to set the startdate to be today.&lt;br /&gt;
If the system see that the user has to start today, it will try to create the user immediately.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Guest_Users&amp;diff=3160</id>
		<title>Guest Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Guest_Users&amp;diff=3160"/>
		<updated>2019-09-12T11:29:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* User settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Create a new guest user easily.&lt;br /&gt;
With the Guest Users module, the school can welcome and manage accounts of temporary users more efficiently. The module is particularly helpful, when you have a consultant, guest or other third party participants, who need temporary access to the school’s system.&lt;br /&gt;
UMS creates and manages guest users quickly and easily. Create users without assistance from the IT department. The module makes it easy for the school’s staff to create groups of unnamed users. No experience is necessary: You simply login online and press ’Create Guest User’.&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone with the appropriate rights can create temporary users, without assistance from the IT department. All new users get their own login. Avoid clutter.&lt;br /&gt;
It can be very valuable to avoid clutter in your system. The module also lets you edit the user’s information, print or save the as CSV file and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
All&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
Active Directory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
All settings regarding this module is via Template settings, just as “ordinary” users that UMS maintains&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Multipleusersdatasources.png|none|thumb|825x825px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simply create a new template and choose “Guest Users” as data source for the template. All other settings for the Guest users are controlled just like the “ordinary” users that UMS maintains from the admin system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All special settings regarding multiple users are controlled under “Data source” settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====User settings====&lt;br /&gt;
This sections controls how the users loginnames are generated. In this example, the next user are created as “GUEST_16” and subsequent users GUEST_17, GUEST_18 and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Max age indicates the max allowed duration for a guest user created by UMS to stay active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Group settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a prefix for the groups created by multiple users module. Choose a prefix that will insure that groups created by multiple user module not will interfere with existing groups in Active directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Web settings====&lt;br /&gt;
This sections controls which users can create multiple users on this template. Also its possible to indicate which mergelist template are default for users created with this template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Web melder ”Fejl under oprettelse”, Men brugerne bliver oprettet dagen efter?====&lt;br /&gt;
Når bruger beder om at få  oprettet gæstebrugere som skal være aktive med det samme, skal der være  installeret UMS Backend på webserveren. Årsagen til at brugerene ”dukker” op  dagen efter er at den almindelige brugeroprettelse (typisk på en anden  server) tager over for brugere som skal vedligeholdes efter som skal oprettes  senere (mere end én dag ud i fremtiden).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Når jeg logger ind Ums portal, har jeg ikke nogen knap til at oprette gæstebrugere?====&lt;br /&gt;
For at få adgang på knappen (og funktionaliteten),    skal brugeren være medlem af én eller flere sikkerhedsgrupper som er sat på    en gæstebruger-template&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mine gæstebrugere bliver ikke oprettet i Office 365?====&lt;br /&gt;
Sørg for at det password som er sat på templaten er stærkt nok til Office 365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creation time and delay===&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your guest user to be created the same day the guest user is entered into the system, you&#039;ll have to set the startdate to be today.&lt;br /&gt;
If the system see that the user has to start today, it will try to create the user immediately.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=SMS_settings&amp;diff=3157</id>
		<title>SMS settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=SMS_settings&amp;diff=3157"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T08:55:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The SMS settings control various things regarding SMS and phone numbers in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Default sms messages.png|border|frameless|791x791px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Default SMS messages ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you configure what message is being sent to users when they update their phone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Default sms messages 2.png|border|frameless|538x538px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User-entered mobile numbers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here you configure what rules applies to user-entered phone numbers in the system. This affects numbers entered both through web and app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:User-entered mobile numbers.png|border|frameless|534x534px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:User-entered_mobile_numbers.png&amp;diff=3156</id>
		<title>File:User-entered mobile numbers.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:User-entered_mobile_numbers.png&amp;diff=3156"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T08:54:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;User-entered mobile numbers&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Default_sms_messages_2.png&amp;diff=3155</id>
		<title>File:Default sms messages 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Default_sms_messages_2.png&amp;diff=3155"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T08:53:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Default sms messages 2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Default_sms_messages.png&amp;diff=3154</id>
		<title>File:Default sms messages.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Default_sms_messages.png&amp;diff=3154"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T08:51:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Default sms messages&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Configurator&amp;diff=3153</id>
		<title>Configurator</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Configurator&amp;diff=3153"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T08:49:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[SMS settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Webservice|Webservice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Picture_libraries|Picture libraries]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/PasswordGlobalSettings|Password global settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/PasswordSettings|Password settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/PasswordSyncSettings|Password sync settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Failsafe|Failsafe]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Apple_School_Manager|Apple School Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Services|Services]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Extra_groups|Extra groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Destination|Destination]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Activities|Activities]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Service_accounts|Service accounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Mail_accounts|Mailaccounts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator/Homedrive|Homedrive]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[STIL_UNI_Login|STIL_UNI_Login]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=SMS_settings&amp;diff=3152</id>
		<title>SMS settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=SMS_settings&amp;diff=3152"/>
		<updated>2019-09-04T08:49:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Created blank page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=3071</id>
		<title>Student / Employee ID</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=3071"/>
		<updated>2019-08-12T08:52:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Student ID Barcode */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This is a submodule available in [[App|UMS App]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Student and Employee ID is a module that is automatically available in the App. These ID&#039;s uses user information and UMS Photo and has no configuration specific to the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure Anonymous Authentication is enabled for the folder ‘Webservices’ in Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager for the Default Web Site&lt;br /&gt;
*To let the users change their student ID card profile image go to the chapter for [[My Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student values==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Full name: An aggregation of &#039;FORNAVNE&#039; and &#039;EFTERNAVN&#039; columns from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
*Birthday: The &#039;BirthDay&#039; column from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
*Last verified: A value that displays when this student card was fetched from the server. Should always show the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
*Expiration date: Either &#039;Current_Education_EndDate&#039; column from the Students table, or if that&#039;s empty, &#039;SLUTDATO&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
*School community: Will say Yes or No. Yes if the current date is between SchoolCommunityHomeStartDate and SchoolCommunityHomeEndDate. No if it&#039;s outside this time span.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that if some of these values are missing. it&#039;s usually a result of them missing in the database&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Integrations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ludus===&lt;br /&gt;
The SLUTDATO-column used for &#039;Expiration date&#039; is derived from the LUDUS database. First it tries to use &#039;DBA.ModulKursist.udmeldingsdato&#039;, and if that&#039;s null, it instead uses &#039;DBA.UndervisningPeriode.SLUTDATO&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Barcode==&lt;br /&gt;
Only students imported from Lectio will have a Card ID set by default. Note that not all card IDs can be displayed in all formats. You can set a default bar code format which the students Card ID will be shown as.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web tasks -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; General settings (scroll to bottom)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the barcode format that your scanners support.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Available barcode formats.png|none|frame]]Additionally you have the option to toggle whether the label that shows the Barcode as cleartext, should be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With formats such as QR code, you may want to hide this label, as it would otherwise overlap with parts of the QR code, making it unreadable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Student card settings show label.png|frameless|509x509px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Username==&lt;br /&gt;
You have the option to specify a different field to user for Username, on a template-basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be any column from the Students database.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Student card username.jpg|none|frame]]At the same time you may wish to change the header for the specified entry. To change the Username header, edit the [[Custom Terms and Localization|key in the Translation file]] named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentNumberHeader&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2018-11-30-13-19-05.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student backside==&lt;br /&gt;
By using our [[Custom Terms and Localization]] module, we&#039;ve added a backside to the Student Card&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By adding a translation entry in your localization file with the following key, you can add whatever custom text you want to show on the backside of the Student card:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Key: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentCardBacksideText&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Studentcard backside.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;ve taken a new photo and it&#039;s showing in Your Information, but not on my Student/Employee Card&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When you take a new photo with Your Information, it&#039;s stored with a &#039;Pending&#039;-tag. To ensure only valid photos are used for user IDs, the student and employee cards only uses photos that has been marked as Approved.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;See [[UMS Photo]] for more info on this module.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;The student card backside isn&#039;t showing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;By default the translated entry is empty, and as a result the student card backside is disabled. It will only become enabled once you have added a translated entry for the specified key.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;How do I get the student card backside to show?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tap the student card to flip between front and back side.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Student_card_settings_show_label.png&amp;diff=3070</id>
		<title>File:Student card settings show label.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Student_card_settings_show_label.png&amp;diff=3070"/>
		<updated>2019-08-12T08:51:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Student card settings show label&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Google_app_API&amp;diff=3036</id>
		<title>Google app API</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Google_app_API&amp;diff=3036"/>
		<updated>2019-07-18T12:25:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Steps to make UMS syne work with Google Apps. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Steps to make UMS syne work with Google Apps.==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Log on &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://console.developers.google.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; with your Google Admin account and create project[[File:2.jpg|thumb|1162x1162px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter  Project Name and Domain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Google Project.jpg|none|thumb|525x525px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that you have chosen the right project and then click on &amp;quot; + ENABLE APIS SERVICES &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4.jpg|none|thumb|899x899px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google automatically opens the API Library where you can search for services.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:5.jpg|none|thumb|902x902px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Notice that the &amp;quot;Drive SDK&amp;quot; does not exist in the new API&lt;br /&gt;
*Enable the foliowing APls  (Remember that you can search for each API)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Admin SDK  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BigQuery API  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calendar API&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google Drive API&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service Control API&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud SQL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud SQL Admin API&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud Storage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google Cloud Storage JSON API&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Group Settings API&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Site Verification API&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:64.jpg|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what it should look like in the end.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:7.jpg|none|thumb|1247x1247px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Change of API Quotas Google&#039;s quotas are by default set to the highest. If you want to change the quotas, follow the next 2 steps==&lt;br /&gt;
To set Quota click &amp;quot;Dashboard&amp;quot; and choose &amp;quot;Admin SDK&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;Quota&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.jpg|none|thumb|588x588px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google automatically opens the Quotas&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:9.jpg|none|thumb|1066x1066px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create API Credentials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;quot; OAuth consent screen &amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Choose &amp;quot;Internal&amp;quot; and enter &amp;quot; Appliation Name &amp;quot; use Domain name and enter &amp;quot;support email&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click  &amp;quot;save&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12a.jpg|none|thumb|1518x1518px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;quot;Credentials&amp;quot; and Create &amp;quot;OAuth Client ID&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:12.jpg|none|thumb|1293x1293px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Other and enter a name &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Create&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:13.jpg|none|thumb|1407x1407px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy Client ID and Client Secret for it to be used in UMS Configurator under Google organization settings&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:14.jpg|none|thumb|1403x1403px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the &amp;quot;Client ID&amp;quot; and  &amp;quot;Client Secret&amp;quot; is to be entered in UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:15.jpg|none|thumb|487x487px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2947</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2947"/>
		<updated>2019-06-19T08:44:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you will need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be published through inLogics account or your schools own account (if you have acquired one). If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url  address- This is the address that you use wen you access UMS Web. (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My School App===&lt;br /&gt;
My school app (Danish: Min skole app) is the inLogic app that is hosted by inLogic, this lets your school get started using the app faster and cheaper, and also there is less maintenance for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======What does this mean?======&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
*No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Upon contacting InLogic Support your app can be live within a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can change logo, images &amp;amp; colors after the app is deployed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;My school app&#039; (danish: Min skole app), and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
*When students &amp;amp; teachers starts up the app for the first time, they will need to select their specific school before proceeding to login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting up My school app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App levitas settings.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A 64x64 pixels version of your logo (this logo is used in the the login dropdown, it will make it easier for users to find your school)&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app following is needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used as the default background color. The secondary color is the highlight color, and will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo (does not apply to My School App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configure the app. This information only applies to services that are directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration_-_QR&amp;diff=2816</id>
		<title>Attendance Registration - QR</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration_-_QR&amp;diff=2816"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T06:03:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Configurations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Attendance Registration QR is a system developed for schools, that functions along with the UMS App. The system allows students to register their own attendance by scanning a continuously-changing QR code. The students can scan the QR code when they arrive, and use the app to check out again when they leave again. The QR system makes it is easy to monitor the students’ attendance, as all registrations automatically will be available in UMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the user-friendly interface, the teacher can see if everyone have registered correctly and make corrections if necessary. This system does not integrate with any third parties. If you need integration to any system, please contact us for price and availability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[App|UMS App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
Students can check in by scanning the UMS-generated QR code, and check out, using the UMS App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Is any physical items required===&lt;br /&gt;
A student (or school personnel that can log in as a test-student) must have an Android or iOS smartphone, with their schools UMS app installed&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Configurations===&lt;br /&gt;
Settings can be found under &#039;Web Setup -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Scroll to bottom&#039;&#039; -&amp;gt; Check in/out settings&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Attendance QR Setup.png|frameless]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QR settings.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Refresh timer: How many seconds a QR code should stay, before it refreshes&lt;br /&gt;
*Timer deadzone: How many seconds, after a QR code expires, it should still remain usable behind the scenes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Why have a deadzone?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The deadzone was made to facilitate the scenario where there&#039;s 1 second left of the QR code, the user scans the QR code, but before the server receives the request, the code has expired and the user gets an error saying &#039;Expired/invalid QR code&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration_-_QR&amp;diff=2815</id>
		<title>Attendance Registration - QR</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration_-_QR&amp;diff=2815"/>
		<updated>2019-05-16T06:03:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: First version&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Attendance Registration QR is a system developed for schools, that functions along with the UMS App. The system allows students to register their own attendance by scanning a continuously-changing QR code. The students can scan the QR code when they arrive, and use the app to check out again when they leave again. The QR system makes it is easy to monitor the students’ attendance, as all registrations automatically will be available in UMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the user-friendly interface, the teacher can see if everyone have registered correctly and make corrections if necessary. This system does not integrate with any third parties. If you need integration to any system, please contact us for price and availability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prerequisites ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module requirements ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[App|UMS App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing after setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
Students can check in by scanning the UMS-generated QR code, and check out, using the UMS App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is any physical items required ===&lt;br /&gt;
A student (or school personnel that can log in as a test-student) must have an Android or iOS smartphone, with their schools UMS app installed&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Installation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Configurations ===&lt;br /&gt;
Settings can be found under &#039;Web Setup -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Scroll to bottom&#039;&#039; -&amp;gt; Check in/out settings&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Attendance QR Setup.png|frameless]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QR settings.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Refresh timer: How many seconds a QR code should stay, before it refreshes&lt;br /&gt;
* Timer deadzone: How many seconds, after a QR code expires, it should still remain usable behind the scenes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== FAQ ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Why have a deadzone?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The deadzone was made to facilitate the scenario where there&#039;s 1 second left of the QR code, the user scans the QR code, but before the server receives the request, the code has expired and the user gets an error saying &#039;Expired/invalid QR code&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:QR_settings.png&amp;diff=2814</id>
		<title>File:QR settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:QR_settings.png&amp;diff=2814"/>
		<updated>2019-05-15T14:28:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;QR settings&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Attendance_QR_Setup.png&amp;diff=2813</id>
		<title>File:Attendance QR Setup.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Attendance_QR_Setup.png&amp;diff=2813"/>
		<updated>2019-05-15T14:25:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Attendance QR Setup&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration_-_QR&amp;diff=2812</id>
		<title>Attendance Registration - QR</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration_-_QR&amp;diff=2812"/>
		<updated>2019-05-15T13:49:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Created blank page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Welcome_to_UMS_Wiki&amp;diff=2811</id>
		<title>Welcome to UMS Wiki</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Welcome_to_UMS_Wiki&amp;diff=2811"/>
		<updated>2019-05-15T13:49:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS-Web-og-app-400.png|thumb|340x340px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to UMS Wiki. This wiki contains technical information about UMS. UMS is developed to help the school’s IT-department avoid trivial and hour-long administration tasks. UMS is short for User Management System and it is a system&lt;br /&gt;
developed especially for the educational sector. UMS is a standard solution, which makes it easy to update and maintain, however, because UMS is built using optional modules, it can be tailored to your school’s individual needs. That way you get a simple and effective solution containing everything you need – nothing more, nothing less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are you seeking general information please visit our [http://www.inlogic.dk/en/ inLogic website www.inlogic.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is UMS?==&lt;br /&gt;
Watch our [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MI2Wh8ic2hk video] and find out more. UMS is developed to help the school’s IT-department avoid trivial and hour-long administration tasks. However, the school’s teachers and students will benefit from it too, via web and app. Want to know how? Find out in the text below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UMS reduces the IT-department’s workload&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With UMS, manual user creation is a thing of the past. UMS automatically creates and maintains users in Active Directory, Google Apps, Office 365 and learning management systems, based on data from the student administration system. UMS also gives the school’s students and staff access to a self-service portal, where they can reset their own password, thus saving time for the IT-department.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UMS gives teachers more time to teach&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many teachers find themselves with a multitude of administrative tasks they need do to, in addition to their other tasks. This could ultimately reduce the amount time they have to teach. To avoid that, UMS makes it possible to complete the administrative tasks quickly and easily via the UMS self-service portal, app and SMS modules, thus giving teachers more time to teach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;UMS makes it easier to be a student&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With UMS, it is easy to be a student, because a long list of relevant school information is easily accessible. E.g., students can see their timetable, homework, grades and attendance records via web and SMS. They can even get notifications on their phone, if there are changes to their timetable or other important information. This makes it easy to stay up-to-date and it strengthens the students’ affiliation to the school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Possibilities with UMS==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Identity management.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS automatically creates, maintains and deletes users in Active Directory, Office 365, Google Apps and many other systems, based on data from the student administration system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Cloud integration.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS easily integrates with Office 365, SharePoint, Google Apps, Sites and Drives. Timetable data automatically synchronizes to Outlook / Google Calendar. We have also developed a learning portal to Office 365 SharePoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LMS integration.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS automatically creates class and group rooms in Canvas, Fronter, Moodle, SharePoint etc. Additionally, we integrate to a long list of other systems, e.g. library systems, print payment systems and cafeteria systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Self-service portal.&#039;&#039;&#039; UMS gives you a single login portal, where users can register attendance, reset passwords, block internet access, create guest users, send SMS, see attendance records and much more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SMS and communication.&#039;&#039;&#039; The best way to reach your students is through their phones. With UMS, the students can automatically receive an SMS when there are changes to their timetable, they can reset their own password, receive their timetable and grades and much more via SMS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;App.&#039;&#039;&#039; With UMS, your school can get its own smartphone app, designed with the school’s colours and logo. The app gives students access to their timetable, homework, student ID, attendance records, news from the school etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
If you need support, we are here to help you. Contact us on our support phone: &#039;&#039;&#039;+45 42408815&#039;&#039;&#039; Monday to Friday from 08.30 am to 03.30 pm. Outside of our opening hours you can send us an e-mail at [mailto:support@inlogic.dk support@inlogic.dk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get remote support with [http://downloads.inlogic.dk/TeamViewerQS_da-idcbvgwhct.exe TeamViewer]. With TeamViewer you can get remote support to solve issues, while you are watching. All it requires is that you give us access to your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://downloads.inlogic.dk/Setup.zip UMS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://downloads.inlogic.dk/UMSFrontendSetup.zip UMS Academic Web]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read our [http://www.inlogic.dk/ums-changelog/ changelog] for the lastest changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For other useful tools go to [http://www.inlogic.dk/en/support/download-ums/ inLogic&#039;s download site]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
[[InLogic SMS Gateway|InLogic SMS Gateway]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Foxbox|Foxbox SMS Modem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS License Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS update guide|UMS Update Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===App===&lt;br /&gt;
[[App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[App Store Connect|Apple Developer Account]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Custom Terms and Localization]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[App Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Student / Employee ID]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[My Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Alert App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Vouchers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration - QR]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Attendance===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Absence Registration for Employees]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration Advanced]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Attendance Registration Card System]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Backend===&lt;br /&gt;
[[AD Attributes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configurator]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[CSV export]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Exchange Reviewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Exchange Timetable Blocks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File Server Move]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[GetStudents]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password Expiration Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Powersave]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SLI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[STIL UNI Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integrations===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Axpoint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[BOSS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Custom SQL Commands]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reindex]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Casepoint|Casepoint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DAM]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[edCom]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Elbek &amp;amp; Vejrup Fagsystem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Integra]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Intranote]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lectio Sync]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Google Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Papercut]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Print Payment and Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Safeticket]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SLS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Study Quiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[TimeEdit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UCFMD]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Web Service]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SSO/AD FS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tabulex]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===LMS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Canvas]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ELEARNINGFORCE SharePoint LMS]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fronter Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Itslearning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wizdom integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Office 365===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Office 365]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[OneNote Class Notebook]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[MSGraphPermissions|Microsoft Graph Permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sharepoint Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Teams]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Microsoft_SDS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Self Service===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Exam Handling]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Grades]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[IT Rules]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Merge Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Multiple Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password Self Service]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Password Change]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SSO]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Photo]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Logo on UMS Web ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[UMS Welcome]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Lock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Web Timetable]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SLI Change Username]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SMS===&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Timetable]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Welcome]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[SMS Log]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=2778</id>
		<title>Student / Employee ID</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=2778"/>
		<updated>2019-05-09T10:45:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This is a submodule available in [[App|UMS App]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Student and Employee ID is a module that is automatically available in the App. These ID&#039;s uses user information and UMS Photo and has no configuration specific to the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure Anonymous Authentication is enabled for the folder ‘Webservices’ in Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager for the Default Web Site&lt;br /&gt;
*To let the users change their student ID card profile image go to the chapter for [[My Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student values==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Full name: An aggregation of &#039;FORNAVNE&#039; and &#039;EFTERNAVN&#039; columns from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
*Birthday: The &#039;BirthDay&#039; column from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
*Last verified: A value that displays when this student card was fetched from the server. Should always show the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
*Expiration date: Either &#039;Current_Education_EndDate&#039; column from the Students table, or if that&#039;s empty, &#039;SLUTDATO&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
*School community: Will say Yes or No. Yes if the current date is between SchoolCommunityHomeStartDate and SchoolCommunityHomeEndDate. No if it&#039;s outside this time span.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that if some of these values are missing. it&#039;s usually a result of them missing in the database&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Integrations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ludus ===&lt;br /&gt;
The SLUTDATO-column used for &#039;Expiration date&#039; is derived from the LUDUS database. First it tries to use &#039;DBA.ModulKursist.udmeldingsdato&#039;, and if that&#039;s null, it instead uses &#039;DBA.UndervisningPeriode.SLUTDATO&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Barcode==&lt;br /&gt;
Only students imported from Lectio will have a Card ID set by default. Note that not all card IDs can be displayed in all formats. You can set a default bar code format which the students Card ID will be shown as.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web tasks -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; General settings (scroll to bottom)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the barcode format that your scanners support.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Available barcode formats.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Username==&lt;br /&gt;
You have the option to specify a different field to user for Username, on a template-basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be any column from the Students database.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Student card username.jpg|none|frame]]At the same time you may wish to change the header for the specified entry. To change the Username header, edit the [[Custom Terms and Localization|key in the Translation file]] named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentNumberHeader&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2018-11-30-13-19-05.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student backside==&lt;br /&gt;
By using our [[Custom Terms and Localization]] module, we&#039;ve added a backside to the Student Card&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By adding a translation entry in your localization file with the following key, you can add whatever custom text you want to show on the backside of the Student card:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Key: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentCardBacksideText&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Studentcard backside.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;ve taken a new photo and it&#039;s showing in Your Information, but not on my Student/Employee Card&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When you take a new photo with Your Information, it&#039;s stored with a &#039;Pending&#039;-tag. To ensure only valid photos are used for user IDs, the student and employee cards only uses photos that has been marked as Approved.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;See [[UMS Photo]] for more info on this module.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;The student card backside isn&#039;t showing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;By default the translated entry is empty, and as a result the student card backside is disabled. It will only become enabled once you have added a translated entry for the specified key.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;How do I get the student card backside to show?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tap the student card to flip between front and back side.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=2777</id>
		<title>Student / Employee ID</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Student_/_Employee_ID&amp;diff=2777"/>
		<updated>2019-05-09T09:38:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This is a submodule available in [[App|UMS App]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Student and Employee ID is a module that is automatically available in the App. These ID&#039;s uses user information and UMS Photo and has no configuration specific to the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure Anonymous Authentication is enabled for the folder ‘Webservices’ in Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager for the Default Web Site&lt;br /&gt;
*To let the users change their student ID card profile image go to the chapter for [[My Information]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Student values ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Full name: An aggregation of &#039;FORNAVNE&#039; and &#039;EFTERNAVN&#039; columns from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Birthday: The &#039;BirthDay&#039; column from the Students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Last verified: A value that displays when this student card was fetched from the server. Should always show the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
* Expiration date: Either &#039;Current_Education_EndDate&#039; column from the Students table, or if that&#039;s empty, &#039;SLUTDATO&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
* School community: Will say Yes or No. Yes if the current date is between SchoolCommunityHomeStartDate and SchoolCommunityHomeEndDate. No if it&#039;s outside this time span.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that if some of these values are missing. it&#039;s usually a result of them missing in the database&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Barcode==&lt;br /&gt;
Only students imported from Lectio will have a Card ID set by default. Note that not all card IDs can be displayed in all formats. You can set a default bar code format which the students Card ID will be shown as.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Web tasks -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; General settings (scroll to bottom)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the barcode format that your scanners support.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Available barcode formats.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student ID Username==&lt;br /&gt;
You have the option to specify a different field to user for Username, on a template-basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be any column from the Students database.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Student card username.jpg|none|frame]]At the same time you may wish to change the header for the specified entry. To change the Username header, edit the [[Custom Terms and Localization|key in the Translation file]] named &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentNumberHeader&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2018-11-30-13-19-05.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Student backside==&lt;br /&gt;
By using our [[Custom Terms and Localization]] module, we&#039;ve added a backside to the Student Card&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By adding a translation entry in your localization file with the following key, you can add whatever custom text you want to show on the backside of the Student card:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Key: &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;StudentCardBacksideText&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Studentcard backside.png|frameless]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;I&#039;ve taken a new photo and it&#039;s showing in Your Information, but not on my Student/Employee Card&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;When you take a new photo with Your Information, it&#039;s stored with a &#039;Pending&#039;-tag. To ensure only valid photos are used for user IDs, the student and employee cards only uses photos that has been marked as Approved.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;See [[UMS Photo]] for more info on this module.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;The student card backside isn&#039;t showing&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;By default the translated entry is empty, and as a result the student card backside is disabled. It will only become enabled once you have added a translated entry for the specified key.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;How do I get the student card backside to show?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Tap the student card to flip between front and back side.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Apple_Developer_Account&amp;diff=2772</id>
		<title>Apple Developer Account</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Apple_Developer_Account&amp;diff=2772"/>
		<updated>2019-04-25T12:51:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Add App Store Connect User */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This guide describes how to create your Apple Developer Account and give access to inLogic to administrate your app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The school needs it&#039;s own Apple Developer Account&lt;br /&gt;
#inLogic needs accesss to Apple Developer Program to create App ID and provisioning profile&lt;br /&gt;
#inLogic needs access to App Store Connect to create and continues update the app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why?==&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the changes made by Apple on their Store View Guidelines on the 21st of December, 2017, we are not longer permitted to release our customers apps through our own developer account. (Section 4.2.6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://developer.apple.com/app-store/review/guidelines/#minimum-functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, all customers must create their own Apple Developer account before we can release a new version. Having an Apple Developer account costs an anual fee of 99$ USD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, while you have to create your own developer account, when you add our development account as App Manager to your new developer account, we will still be able to handle the entire process of creating and keeping your app up-to-date with the latest releases of the UMS App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create Apple Developer Account==&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have an Apple ID for your organization already, you can follow this guide to create one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://appleid.apple.com/account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that you can not use the same account if you&#039;re running the VPP (Volume Purchase Programme) on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After creating your account, you need to enroll for Apple Developer Program. Follow the guide below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://developer.apple.com/programs/enroll/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the instruction&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledeveloper appleidinformation.png|none|thumb|437x437px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the information&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledeveloper authority.png|none|thumb|593x593px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the information. Make sure that your Legal Entity Name (Company name) matches the one that is used when you received your DUNS number.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledevelop organizationinformation.png|none|thumb|415x415px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to provide the school DUNS number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Read about DUNS: https://developer.apple.com/support/D-U-N-S/&lt;br /&gt;
*Look up: https://developer.apple.com/enroll/duns-lookup/&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also request DUNS number from danish BisNode, who cooperate with Dun&amp;amp;Bradstreet: https://www.bisnode.dk/produkter/db-produkter/db-duns-nummer/#anchor-GetStarted&lt;br /&gt;
*It normally takes about 30min for the request to be completed and you&#039;ll receive an email with your DUNS number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add Apple Developer Program User==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will need access to create an App ID and iOS Distribution Provisioning Profiles, before an app can be build and bound to your Apple Developer Account. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indepth information about the Apple Developer Program Team Roles: https://developer.apple.com/support/roles/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to: https://developer.apple.com/account/#/people/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;Invite People&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppleDeveloperProgramPeople.png|none|thumb|410x410px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill out &#039;Invite as Admins&#039; and click invite&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppleDeveloperProgramAdmins.png|none|thumb|621x621px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you should see a Pending invitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please inform inLogic that an invite has been sent.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppleDeveloperProgramPendingInvite.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Add App Store Connect User==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will need access to be able to create and upload new updates for your app. You do so by adding our account as &#039;another App Store Connect User&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Users and Roles&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore usersandroles.png|none|thumb|164x164px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Select the plus icon.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore plusicon.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fill out the information as seen below. Please note that you must check off &#039;Access to Certificates, Identifiers and Profiles&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Invite.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will now see that a confirmation email has been sent to inLogic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please inform inLogic that an invite has been sent.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppstoreConfirmationEmail.png|none|thumb|519x519px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Move app from inLogic account to your own==&lt;br /&gt;
You need to provide the following information to inLogic:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Team ID (Located here: https://developer.apple.com/account/#/membership/)&lt;br /&gt;
*Apple ID (email and it&#039;s case sensitive)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the process has started both parties need to accept the transfer agreement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Apple: &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Once an app transfer has been requested, the recipient&#039;s Team Agent has 60 days from the day initiated to accept the request. Contracts that have not been accepted within 60 days will be canceled. App transfers can take up to two business days to complete, depending on an export compliance review.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Log into https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll get this. The Team Agent needs to accept the agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore apptransferagreement.png|none|thumb|1236x1236px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you accept the app you&#039;ll be asked to fill out some question. These questions is some general information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New App Metadata&#039;&#039;&#039;: Support URL should link to e.g. schools url, contact page or hosting center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;App Review Contact Information:&#039;&#039;&#039; Insert the information for the person who is responsible for the Apple account or the person who should be in control of the communication with app testers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppTransferReview.png|none|thumb|718x718px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D-U-N-S cannot be verified===&lt;br /&gt;
If you received the following error[[File:Appledeveloper dunsnumber.png|none|thumb|615x615px]]Look up your company on https://datacvr.virk.dk/data/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your Company type (Virksomhedsform) is registered as &#039;Other legal structure&#039; / &#039;Øvrige virksomhedsformer&#039;, your D&amp;amp;B number will not be recognized by apple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to contact Apple and prove to them that you are a company. This is done by using the &#039;Save to PDF&#039;-feature on Virk. You will have to explain the situation, and ask for an email to send this information to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Suggested explanation:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 I&#039;m writing/calling on behalf of my educational institution *&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;School name*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. We are trying to set up an Apple Developer account, and are encountering issues with the DUNS number. The company legal structure is registered as &#039;Other legal structure&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 I have been informed that this legal structure by itself is not enough for Apple to verify us as a legal entity, and that you need to see documentation that we are a registered company. I have the legal documents as PDFs, do you have an email I can send them to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your company type is not Other legal structure, please contact Apple Support https://developer.apple.com/contact/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;quot;Membership and Account&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D-U-N-S Number&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select either Phone or Email to be contacted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Two-factor Authentication===&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you have added a trusted phone number and one of your devices has two-factor authenticaiton on.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appdeveloper appletwofactor.png|none|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
On an iOS device go to Settings -&amp;gt; Select account -&amp;gt; Password &amp;amp; Security. Make sure Two-Factor Authentication is On.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Mac go to System Preferences -&amp;gt; iCloud -&amp;gt; Account Details -&amp;gt; Security. Then add a trusted phone number or device.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appledeveloper twofactor.png|none|thumb|664x664px]]More info: https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT204915&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Potential Loss of Keychain Access warning===&lt;br /&gt;
After an app transfer you&#039;ll receive the following email from Apple:&lt;br /&gt;
 Dear Developer,&lt;br /&gt;
 We identified one or more issues with a recent delivery for your app, &amp;quot;***********&amp;quot;. Your&lt;br /&gt;
 delivery was successful, but you may wish to correct the following issues in your next&lt;br /&gt;
 delivery:&lt;br /&gt;
 Potential Loss of Keychain Access - The previous version of software has an&lt;br /&gt;
 application-identifier value of [&#039;**********.dk.inlogic.**********&#039;] and the new version&lt;br /&gt;
 of software being submitted has an application-identifier of&lt;br /&gt;
 [&#039;**********.dk.inlogic.**********&#039;]. This will result in a loss of keychain access.&lt;br /&gt;
 After you&#039;ve corrected the issues, you can use Xcode or Application Loader to upload a new&lt;br /&gt;
 binary to iTunes Connect.&lt;br /&gt;
 Best regards,&lt;br /&gt;
 The App Store Team&lt;br /&gt;
Apps that should expect this warning and proceed with the submission regardless are: &amp;quot;Those that are submitting the first update for a recently acquired app via App Transfer&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no further action needed if an app transfer has been made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/qa/qa1726/_index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Can&#039;t see People menu in Developer Apple Developer Program===&lt;br /&gt;
If the people menu is missing from please check the account is not a type &amp;quot;individual&amp;quot;. You check this under Membership &amp;quot;Entity Type&amp;quot;. This should say &amp;quot;Company / Organization&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Appstore people.png|none|thumb]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Invite.png&amp;diff=2771</id>
		<title>File:Invite.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Invite.png&amp;diff=2771"/>
		<updated>2019-04-25T12:50:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;invite&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Apple_developer_account_invite.png&amp;diff=2770</id>
		<title>File:Apple developer account invite.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Apple_developer_account_invite.png&amp;diff=2770"/>
		<updated>2019-04-25T12:49:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;invite&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2739</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2739"/>
		<updated>2019-04-04T06:21:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Setting up My school app */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you will need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be published through inLogics account or your schools own account (if you have acquired one). If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url  address- This is the address that you use wen you access UMS Web. (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My School App===&lt;br /&gt;
My School App is the inLogic app that is hosted by inLogic, this lets your school get started using the app faster and cheaper, and also there is less maintenance for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======What does this mean?======&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
*No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Upon contacting InLogic Support your app can be live within a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can change logo, images &amp;amp; colors after the app is deployed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;My school app&#039;, and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
*When students &amp;amp; teachers starts up the app for the first time, they will need to select their specific school before proceeding to login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting up My school app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App levitas settings.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A 64x64 pixels version of your logo (this logo is used in the the login dropdown, it will make it easier for users to find your school)&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app following is needed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used as the default background color. The secondary color is the highlight color, and will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo (does not apply to My School App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configure the app. This information only applies to services that are directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:App_levitas_settings.png&amp;diff=2738</id>
		<title>File:App levitas settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:App_levitas_settings.png&amp;diff=2738"/>
		<updated>2019-04-04T06:06:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;app levitas settings&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2736</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2736"/>
		<updated>2019-04-03T13:26:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be publish through inLogics account or your schools own account if you have acquired one. If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url path - (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My school app===&lt;br /&gt;
My school app is a different option compared to the traditional UMS App that lets your school get started using the app quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====== What does this mean? ======&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
*No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Upon contacting InLogic Support your app can be live within a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can change logo, images &amp;amp; colors after the app is deployed, should you ever wish to change things up a bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;My school app&#039;, and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
*When students &amp;amp; teachers starts up the app for the first time, they will need to select their specific school before proceeding to login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting up My school app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A 64x64 pixels version of your logo&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app we need the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used for all static view. Secondary color will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configurate the app. The information only applies to services that is directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2735</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2735"/>
		<updated>2019-04-03T13:24:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Min skole app */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be publish through inLogics account or your schools own account if you have acquired one. If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url path - (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My school app===&lt;br /&gt;
My school app is a different option compared to the traditional UMS App that lets your school get started using the app quicker.&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;What does this mean?&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
*No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Upon contacting InLogic Support your app can be live within a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can change logo, images &amp;amp; colors after the app is deployed, should you ever wish to change things up a bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;My school app&#039;, and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
*When students &amp;amp; teachers starts up the app for the first time, they will need to select their specific school before proceeding to login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting up My school app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A 64x64 pixels version of your logo&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app we need the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used for all static view. Secondary color will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configurate the app. The information only applies to services that is directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2734</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2734"/>
		<updated>2019-04-03T13:21:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Min skole app */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be publish through inLogics account or your schools own account if you have acquired one. If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url path - (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Min skole app===&lt;br /&gt;
Min skole app is a different option compared to the traditional UMS App that lets your school get started using the app quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does this mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
*No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Upon contacting InLogic Support your app can be live within a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can change logo, images &amp;amp; colors after the app is deployed, should you ever wish to change things up a bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;Min skole app&#039;, and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
*When students &amp;amp; teachers starts up the app for the first time, they will need to select their specific school before proceeding to login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting up Min skole app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A 64x64 pixels version of your logo&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app we need the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used for all static view. Secondary color will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configurate the app. The information only applies to services that is directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2731</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2731"/>
		<updated>2019-04-03T11:52:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Min skole app */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be publish through inLogics account or your schools own account if you have acquired one. If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url path - (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Min skole app===&lt;br /&gt;
Min skole app is a start-wise lightweight option compared to the traditional UMS App. This means your school can get started using the app quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does this mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
*No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Upon contacting InLogic Support your app can be live within a few hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can change logo, images &amp;amp; colors after the app is deployed, should you ever wish to change things up a bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;Min skole app&#039;, and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
*When students &amp;amp; teachers starts up the app for the first time, they will need to select their specific school before proceeding to login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting up Min skole app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A 64x64 pixels version of your logo&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app we need the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used for all static view. Secondary color will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configurate the app. The information only applies to services that is directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2639</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2639"/>
		<updated>2019-03-18T14:27:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Min skole app */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be publish through inLogics account or your schools own account if you have acquired one. If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url path - (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Min skole app===&lt;br /&gt;
Min skole app is a start-wise lightweight option to use the UMS App. This means your school can get started using the app quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does this mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
*No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
*Upon contact with InLogic Support your app can be live within mere minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can change logo, images &amp;amp; colors after the app is deployed, should you ever wish to change things up a bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;Min skole app&#039;, and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
*When students &amp;amp; teachers starts up the app for the first time, they will need to select their specific school before proceeding to login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Setting up Min skole app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A 64x64 pixels version of your logo&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app we need the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used for all static view. Secondary color will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configurate the app. The information only applies to services that is directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2638</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2638"/>
		<updated>2019-03-18T14:24:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Levitas setup&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want your own AppStore and Google Play store pages, you need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines. [[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be publish through inLogics account or your schools own account if you have acquired one. If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url path - (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Min skole app ===&lt;br /&gt;
Min skole app is a start-wise lightweight option to use the UMS App. This means your school can get started using the app quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does this mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pros:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lower start-up price.&lt;br /&gt;
* No need to set up an Apple Developer account.&lt;br /&gt;
* Upon contact with InLogic Support your app can be live within mere minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The app will not be called your schools name on you phone and in AppStore/Google Play, but is instead called &#039;Min skole app&#039;, and its app icon cannot be customized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Setting up Min skole app =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Configurator -&amp;gt; Web setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Setting&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Here you need to configure a Primary and Secondary color, as well as a Logo. The Login background and Menu background images are optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time you set this up, you will need to contact InLogic support, and provide the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A 64x64 pixels version of your logo&lt;br /&gt;
* UMS Web url (See [[App#Installation and setup|Installation and Setup]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app we need the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used for all static view. Secondary color will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configurate the app. The information only applies to services that is directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2586</id>
		<title>App</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;diff=2586"/>
		<updated>2019-02-26T08:16:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: Forced language&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:UMS School App.png|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
UMS School App is available for iPhone, Android and Windows Phone. It will be designed with the school’s own logo, color and style. The app gives the basic functionality to see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*News&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades&lt;br /&gt;
*User information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional licenses gives the ability to create, edit and see more information from various modules. For an overview of module requirement see &amp;quot;[http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=App&amp;amp;section=6&amp;amp;wteswitched=1#Additional_functionality Additional functionality&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
We provide regular support for the following and newer versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Android version 7.0. We support the same versions as Google provide security updates for. Find an overview [[wikipedia:Android_version_history|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*iOS version 10 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Windows 10 Mobile (version 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that it is possible to run older versions. If support for older versions is needed, we offer support at our hourly rate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Userinfo: Easy-A, SIS and Lectio (Only mobile number).&lt;br /&gt;
*Grades: Easy-A, Lectio and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: Easy-A and SIS.&lt;br /&gt;
*Timetable: Easy-A and SIS&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance registration: Timetable data is retrieved from Easy-A, SIS, LUDUS, Tabulex and Lectio. Howerver, absence is only registered to Easy-A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*UMS Web (contains and run all the webservice that is required for the app to receive information and communicate with the server)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional functionality===&lt;br /&gt;
You get more functionality in the app by having the following modules, these are all optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration: Gives “Your attendance”, which shows student statistics, the student are able to add absence reason and see their absence status in the timetable&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance Registration for UMS School App: gives employee “attendance registration” and student the ability to &amp;quot;report absence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*Homework: gives the employee the ability to create homework&lt;br /&gt;
*Link Collection: gives links/bookmarks the school can setup&lt;br /&gt;
*User info: gives “Your information” the ability to edit the information. This also adds the functionality for the user to upload a new profile image (a selfie) to be used in the student id card&lt;br /&gt;
*Student &amp;amp; Employee Id: Gives the students a “student id card” and the employees an “employee id card”. To update their student id card profile image you’ll need the “User info” module&lt;br /&gt;
*Parking: Parkzone &amp;amp; APCOA Integration. Gives the option to create and edit parking permits from Parkzone and APCOA&lt;br /&gt;
*User information (add/edit)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All Attendance functionality requires Attendance Registration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app will be tested internally at inLogic before release. The test requires access to a user with relevant data. You can either create a fictional student who is associated to a real course, or alternatively use a real student&#039;s account, if the person agrees that the account is being used for a system test of the school&#039;s APP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What to have ready===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: The UMS site needs to use HTTPS and be public available. It needs a valid SSL certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
*Materials that can be used for designing the app. For example: Logo, brochure, design guide line, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Optional: It is possible for the school to have its own account where the app is located. An account in the App Store cost $99 per year, while an account for Google Play costs a onetime fee of $25. The school self-manage these accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical hardware requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a smartphone is a necessity, either an Android, iOS or a Windows 10 Mobile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Should third party be contacted===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the school is using a dedicated hosting service, they have to be informed on how you wish the news feed should be setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation and setup==&lt;br /&gt;
inLogic will publish and update the app. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need your own Apple Developer Account for the iOS version, this is a requirements from Apples Guidelines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[App Store Connect|Please follow the guide App Store Connect]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Android and Windows Phone can be publish through inLogics account or your schools own account if you have acquired one. If you have your own account inLogic needs to be informed as well. To publish the app, inLogic needs the following information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Web]] url path - (If you are running any kind of gateway (TMG, UAG etc.) you will need to create rules for the services on UMS Web, contact us for more information)&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://*****.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Styling==&lt;br /&gt;
To style the app we need the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Secondary color&lt;br /&gt;
*Logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Icon for app logo (.png, vector file: .psd, .ai etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color will mostly be used for all static view. Secondary color will be used when something is active or being activated like a button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for login (size 1080x1920)&lt;br /&gt;
*Background image for top bar of menu (size 1080x480)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples of styling===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primary and secondary colors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Timetable view.png|none|thumb|Example of primary and secondary colors used in the app.&lt;br /&gt;
The primary color is used in the Header navigation bar, and the secondary color as border on the selected Calendar date&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The schools logo - Max. 1024x576&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Branding-af-app-inLogic-logo.png|none|thumb|Example of the inLogic logo used in the Demo app]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App logo - 1024x1024. If not supplied, inLogic will generate an App logo based on the schools logo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulator Screen Shot - iPhone SE - 2018-05-15 at 12.57.23.png|none|thumb|Example of app logo in use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Login background image - 1080x1920. If not supplied, a white background will be shown, with your logo on top&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE: The app will place your logo on top of the background image. This means when you supply a background image, it needs to be without logo on it.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:App - Login screen.png|none|thumb|Example of a background image used on the Demo app login screen.&lt;br /&gt;
The school logo will be displayed on top of the background image, as seen here&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Menu top bar image - 1080x480. If not supplied, a white background will be shown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App - Sidebar menu.png|none|thumb|Example of an image used on the Demo app menu view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following sections show how to configurate the app. The information only applies to services that is directly connected to the app, i.e. how to set up schedule tasks in the app. The only exception is &#039;UMS RSS Feeds&#039;, which is a specific service for app. If a fully detailed setup guide is needed, please go to that specific module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the configurations are not set up specifically for app, i.e. ParkZone. If you cannot find the setup guide you are looking for, you can find it by searching or on the front page. Please note that some changes made in the configurator not only will affect the app but also UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039; As many settings only loads once the website is initializing, most changes require an IIS reset on the server. The app retrieves settings from UMS once a day, which means that changes will be visible the next time you log in or the next day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Menu Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are able to set the order and which menu buttons should be shown per template for the users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select a template -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Under Menu order select Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
#Write a Description&lt;br /&gt;
#Drap and drop the menu you want&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MeunOrderSettings.png|none|thumb|789x789px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Here three menubuttons will be visible to the users on that specific template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
Before version 2.0.917, you used to choose the modules displayed in the app via the Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved the menu order into the Configurator -&amp;gt; Template Editor -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Menu order.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Menu settings history.png|none|thumb|1600x1600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This change was made to allow a different menu items and orders on Templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===News===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This describes how to setup news for the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*App News created from UMS Web&lt;br /&gt;
*Add a RSS feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Add Facebook feed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use all three setups together. Combine as you like and set difference feed for difference templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for App News from UMS Web====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to create or use an existing AD group. This group will have access to create and modify news in&lt;br /&gt;
App News on UMS Web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open UMS Configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Menu -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the AD group for News Access group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App newsaccessgroup.png|none|thumb|767x767px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for RSS feed====&lt;br /&gt;
Add server name for the service for RSS feed in Menu -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; RSS Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedservice.png|thumb|none|594x594px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To setup Rss feed you will need the url for the rss. (E.g. http://inlogic.dk/feed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Menu -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; select template -&amp;gt; Rss Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage -&amp;gt; Add… -&amp;gt; Fill in description, feed url and access token&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; You only need an access token if the feed is from Facebook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The RSS feed runs as a service called “UMS RSS Feeds”. Default running every 5 min.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App services.png|none|thumb|561x561px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Restart the service to test it and check the output in /UserManagement/RSSFeeds.Log&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedlog.png|none|thumb|944x944px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Setup for Facebook news====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to use a Facebook page news feed, you need two things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Facebook Page Url Feed&lt;br /&gt;
*Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Facebook Page Url Feed=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the feed url&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Get your facebook page url&lt;br /&gt;
#*E.g. https://www.facebook.com/inlogic.dk&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the name. E.g. “inlogic.dk”&lt;br /&gt;
#*Note: this can also be a number “142642699097242”&lt;br /&gt;
#Replace “inlogic.dk” with your name in this url&lt;br /&gt;
#*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/inlogic.dk/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your facebook page url feed should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://graph.facebook.com/v3.0/schoolname/&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is your feed URL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Create a facebook access token=====&lt;br /&gt;
The personal Facebook account that you use to register as a developer does not need to be associated in any way with the page or group whose posts you want to display. You cannot log in to the Developer site using a Facebook Page or Business account. You must use the username and password from your personal Facebook profile. Facebook doesn’t allow businesses to register as developers, only individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow [https://developers.facebook.com/docs/apps/register Facebook guide] to enable yourself as developer on facebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have a facebook developer account and created an app go to [https://developers.facebook.com/tools/explorer Facebook Graph Explorer]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Select application&lt;br /&gt;
#Select “Get Token” and “Get App Token”&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the Access Token&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App facebookgettoken.png|none|thumb|968x968px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have the access token you need to paste into the configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App rssfeedurl.png|none|thumb|920x920px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Reload the service UMS Rss Feed in Services and look in the RSS Feed log to validate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can set the default view for grades, that filters the grades accordingly. The options are Course, Day and period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Default grade view&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesview.png|none|thumb|801x801px]]&lt;br /&gt;
To specific the period you can set how your terms are set with start and end day for each period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Modules -&amp;gt; Grades -&amp;gt; Select the Datasource -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Terms&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradesterms.png|none|thumb|706x706px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which administration system you’re exporting grades from the columns can vary. You can set which grades column should be used and in which order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Select grade columns&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App gradescolumns.png|none|thumb|709x709px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The grades view in the App will change accordingly to which columns chosen, a max of 4 columns will be shown in the App. The columns will be shown for each grade in order from 1 to 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no grade columns settings is made the default columns will be selected in the following order:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*EducationDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*CourseDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*EvaluationFormDescription&lt;br /&gt;
*GradeValue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Your information===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can select which fields in user information that should be editable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; Userinfo&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfo.png|none|thumb|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You need to set permission before the users are able to upload their own student photo (a selfie).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configurator -&amp;gt; Web Setup -&amp;gt; Edit -&amp;gt; UMS Photo -&amp;gt; Enable Selfie in App&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App userinfoselfie.png|none|thumb|802x802px]]&lt;br /&gt;
This will enable selfie function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student ID And Employee ID===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;This content has been moved to [[Student / Employee ID]]&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----The students are able to write an absence reason on an already registered subject. This can be enabled in the template editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the template -&amp;gt; Absence -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Create a new settings or select an existing one -&amp;gt; Add/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check &amp;quot;Allow students to register absence reason&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039;&#039;&#039; will allow the students to set an absence reason when a teacher has set the student as absent. The student can set an absence reason in &amp;quot;My absence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Days back&#039;&#039;&#039; is the number of days back the students are allowed to set an absence reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Course&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the course view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Activity&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the activity view (this will effect both web and app).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Push Notification===&lt;br /&gt;
----&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Temporarily disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;UMS can send push notifications when there are news, grades, or changes in your timetable. It is possible to receive a daily notification with your timetable for the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition the app can receive [[SMS Alert]] messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up push notifications go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App -&amp;gt; Manage -&amp;gt; Add&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppPushNotificationSettings.png|none|thumb|526x526px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the key string from inLogic and paste it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Receive the Package SID and Client secret from inLogic and paste the strings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====School account====&lt;br /&gt;
In case the school has it&#039;s own account do the following to retrieve the information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FCM Server Api Key:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://play.google.com/apps/publish&lt;br /&gt;
#Google Play Console -&amp;gt; Settings -&amp;gt; API Access -&amp;gt; Create linked project and open it -&amp;gt; Credentials&lt;br /&gt;
#Create API Key&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the API Key and make key restriction for Android&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in your package name and SHA-1 certificate fingerprint&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the API key and paste it inside FCM Server API Key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Phone:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/dashboard/apps/overview&lt;br /&gt;
#Select your app&lt;br /&gt;
#Services -&amp;gt; Push notification -&amp;gt; WNS/MPNS&lt;br /&gt;
#Select &amp;quot;Live Services site&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Package SID into the configurator&lt;br /&gt;
#Generate an Application Secret if none exist&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy and paste the Application Secret into the configurator (This is the Client Secret)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Links===&lt;br /&gt;
----[[UMS Links]] can be used by both UMS Web and UMS App. Check the [[UMS Links|guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homework===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[UMS Homework]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parking===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Parking]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notify absence===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[Attendance Registration#SMS and App settings for notify absence|App settings for notify absence in attendance registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sms Alert===&lt;br /&gt;
----See [[SMS Alert]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Privacy Policy===&lt;br /&gt;
----To add your own privary policy in the app go to Web Setup -&amp;gt; App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert into &amp;quot;Privacy Policy Url:&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If left empty it will default to inLogic&#039;s privacy policy &amp;quot;https://www.inlogic.dk/om-inlogic/privacy-policy/&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App privacypolicyurl.png|none|thumb|792x792px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add it to the App Store login &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#https://appstoreconnect.apple.com/&lt;br /&gt;
#My Apps&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the app&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the top menu App Store&lt;br /&gt;
#Select App Information in the left menu&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your privacy policy url to &amp;quot;Privacy Policy URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:App appstore privacypolicy.png|none|thumb|955x955px]]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Force language setting===&lt;br /&gt;
----Should you wish to, you have the option to force the language of the app to use a specific language, rather than the phones default language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is changed via the &#039;Forced language&#039; feature in the Configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forced language.png|none|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
The list of languages will expand over time, as UMS adds support for new languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Untrusted Certificate Error on Android===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;We do not recommend using Comodo certificates since they have been known to cause these issues.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can&#039;t login on some Android devices? This could be due to an untrusted Comodo SSL Certificate. We were able to reproduced it on Android version 4.1, 4.4.2, 5.0.1 and 8.1.0, but it may be present on any number of versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can test your SSL certificate on https://sslanalyzer.comodoca.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the following on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038.&lt;br /&gt;
#Enable automatic root certificate updates on the server&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please checkout the Comodo support site: https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1019/38/untrusted-certificate-error-on-android&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For future conservation:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Certificate is not installed correctly; the certificate needs to be chained back to the Addtrust root certificate in order to be trusted on the Android.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;The issue is that the Windows server is not presenting the complete certificate chain; clients which do not have the complete certificate chain will result in this error as encountered on the Android phone. In order to resolve this, on the server which this certificate is installed on, please open the MMC (Microsoft Management Console), and add the certificate snap-in for the computer account on the local computer.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Intermediate Certification Authorities folder, verify if the Comodo RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA and Comodo RSA Certification Authority(issued to Comodo RSA Certification Authority, issued by AddTrustExternal CA Root) are installed in this certificate store.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;In the Trusted Root Certification Authorities folder verify if the AddTrustExternal CA Root is installed.  Also, if you see the Comodo RSA Certification Authority (issued to and issued by Comodo RSA Certification Authority with an expiration date of January 18, 2038) is present, if it is please delete this certificate.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If any of these certificates are missing  the intermediate and root certificates were provided to you in the .zip file when the certificate was issued, or are available via this support article - &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/979/108/domain-validation-sha-2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; .&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you had to delete the Comodo RSA Certification Authority from the Trusted Root Authorities folder, you will also need to disable automatic root certificate updates on the server - https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;If you have performed these steps and the certificate chain has not updated on the server, to force IIS to update the certificate chain you will need to either change the certificate binding in IIS to another certificate, and then switch the certificate bindings to the correct certificate. Alternately, you will need to restart the server.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;Conservation for https://support.comodo.com/index.php?/Default/Knowledgebase/Article/View/769/17/turn-off-automatic-root-certificates-updates-server-2008&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the local Administrators group, or you must have been delegated the appropriate authority.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;To turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update:&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;1. Click Start, and then click Run.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;2. Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;3. If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it displays is what you want, and then click Continue.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;4. Double-click Administrative Templates, double-click System, double-click Internet Communication Management, and then click Internet Communication settings.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;5. Double-click Turn off Automatic Root Certificates Update, click Enabled, and then click OK.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;6. Close the Local Group Policy Editor.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;Note: You can use Group Policy to set policy settings that apply across a given site, domain, or organizational unit in Active Directory Domain Services.&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Issues with the app===&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re facing issues with the app, please perform the following steps before contacting support:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the AppStore/GooglePlay for app updates and install any present&lt;br /&gt;
*Shut down the app completely, and start it back up&lt;br /&gt;
*Restart the phone&lt;br /&gt;
*Uninstall the app, and redownload it from AppStore/GooglePlay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Forced_language.png&amp;diff=2585</id>
		<title>File:Forced language.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=File:Forced_language.png&amp;diff=2585"/>
		<updated>2019-02-26T08:15:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Forced language&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=2544</id>
		<title>Attendance Registration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=2544"/>
		<updated>2019-02-21T14:45:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Student reason settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Attendance Registration is a tool for the educational sector that makes it easy to register attendance. Through a simple and intuitive interface, the teacher can register who is present, who is late, and who is absent. Registering attendance can be done in a matter of seconds, simply by clicking the button with the student’s name and picture. The interface uses colour codes, which makes it easy to see what the individual students are registered as. You decide which attendance options you want to use - i.e. options for being late, for legal absence, and illegal absence - as well as which colours are used for the different options. When attendance is registered, UMS automatically writes back to the administrative system - if supported. The interface also supports the possibility to see if the student has sent a text message to the school or if the staff has written notes regarding the student’s attendance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are references to other UMS modules, e.g. SMS, in this guide. In case the mentioned modules are not present in your environment, you can ignore these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit templates, it is also required to have a basic knowledge about the UMS configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Easy-C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lectio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SIS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Other systems where it is possible to retrieve a timetable for students and teachers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
To start testing after setup, you must log in as a teacher. See if you have access to attendance registration on the front page of UMS portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on attendance registration and check that you can search for timetables for students, teachers, and classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check that you can register individual students as absent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is necessary to get started===&lt;br /&gt;
To get started, it is necessary to have a running [[UMS]] installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
Install [[UMS]] and [[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Settings for UMS Attendance Basic===&lt;br /&gt;
All settings for UMS Attendance Basic is set in the configurator. In the main menu under &#039;Settings/Services&#039;, it is necessary to set the &#039;Absence service&#039; to run on a server. The service is responsible for sending text messages to students that are registered as absent. Please make sure the service has started and is running. See example of the set up below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AbsenceServiceSetup.png|none|thumb|636x636px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Global settings are settings that are valid for the entire school. For settings that can be altered per education, class, or similar, see &#039;Individual settings&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Global settings are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance colours&lt;br /&gt;
*Design text messages sent to the students&lt;br /&gt;
*Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit attendance types (late, approved, not approved)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Attendance colours====&lt;br /&gt;
Settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\colors&#039; in the main menu. Simply select the colours you want to use for each type of attendance. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencecolor.png|none|thumb|573x573px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Designing text messages sent to the students====&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to preset text messages that will be sent to students if they are registered as absent. The settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\SMS&#039; in the main menu. The text messages can be set for each type of attendance both in Danish and English. It is also possible to create multiple text messages for each type of attendance. If you create multiple messages, the system will randomise these messages. Meaning, the system will send different messages to a student each time attendance is registered. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesms.png|none|thumb|598x598px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you edit a message, there are several variables that can be used to ensuaking the messages more personalised. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesmsvariables.png|none|thumb|670x670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking====&lt;br /&gt;
Granting access to functions in the registration interface is done under &#039;Setup web access/Absence&#039;. Attendance basic allows &#039;register access&#039; and &#039;Future registration access&#039;. Enter a group (nested groups are allowed) with the teacher/employees that are allowed to use the specific function. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The checkboxes have the following meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Count too late on statistics&#039; – Not used for Attendance basic&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show empty days&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit days with no planned timetable?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show weekends&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit weekends?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show legal&#039; – Is legal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show illegal&#039; – Is illegal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show too late&#039; – Is too late attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencewebsetup.png|none|thumb|828x828px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Edit attendance types=====&lt;br /&gt;
To edit letters and text used in the attendance module, choose the button &#039;Select&#039; (see the window above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double-click on the row containing the settings you want to edit. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absenceselect.png|none|thumb|874x874px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Individual settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Individual settings can be altered per education, class, or similar. For settings valid for the entire school, see &#039;Global settings&#039;. If an individual setting for a specific group is needed, it is necessary to create the group with the students in question beforehand. These settings can be altered under Configurator\Templates\Edit\Absence\Manage\Add a new or edit an existing setting.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SMS and App settings for notify absence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;SMS Keyword&#039; - The keyword set in this box will define which keyword the student sends in a text message to notify absence. E.g. the keyword &#039;Sick&#039; means the student has to send a message containing &#039;sick&#039; or &#039;sick %reason or message to the teacher%&#039;. Both cases will be accepted by UMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default incoming SMS status&#039; - These are settings for which type of attendance the system should set as default when receiving a message from a student notifying absence. The teacher will see this status in the attendance registration interface. E.g. when the default type of attendance is &#039;Legal absence&#039;, students will be marked as &#039;Legal absence&#039; when notifying absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Ignore messages for today start/end&#039; - In the set time span, it is not possible for a student to send a text message to notify absence. This means that if the message is received before the given start time, e.g. 10 a.m., the system will check the students schedule for timetable blocks that day and mark the blocks with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039;. The system will then send a reply confirming the student is marked absent. If the message is received between the start and end time, e.g. 10 a.m. and 3 p.m., the system will send the student a reply, saying it is not allowed to notify absence at this time. If the message is received after the given end time, e.g. 3.pm., the system will check the schedule for timetable blocks the following day and mark those with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039; If this feature is set to 00:00 - 00:00 students cannot register as absent. If you want an &amp;quot;Always register for the current day&amp;quot;-functionality, set it to 23:59 - 00:00&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Require reason&#039; - The school can require the students to give a reason when notifying absence. Check this box if students have to write a reason in order to register as absent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Misc settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Use cards&#039; - This enables students to register via their student ID&#039;s via Bianco. Check this box if the student is allowed to register via card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show watermark at %&#039; - If the school has a limitation for how high attendance percentage is allowed for a student, this can be set as visible. Check this box if it should be visible if the students are above the accepted limit&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This setting decides how many days backwards a teacher is allowed to register and edit attendance. Set the number of days that are allowed in the drop-down menu &#039;Days back&#039;. Please note that this setting cannot exceed the number of days backwards in the global timetable block data job!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Too late&#039; - This shows the number of minutes a late show should count. &#039;Too late&#039; sets the number of minutes late attendance should count. If a student is late for class it will be registered as e.g. 10 minutes absence. Set the number of minutes that should count in this box&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show percent on studentstat&#039; - Check this box, if students are allowed to see their attendance percent under &#039;My attendance&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Send SMS&#039; - When a student is registered as absent, the system can reply with a text message. Check this box to enable the system to send a reply&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default calculation view&#039; - Choose between &amp;quot;Display calculation in lessons&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Display calculations in minutes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Lesson length&#039; - Number of minutes one lesson counts for&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Time interval for calculation&#039; - Select the time interval for the calculation of my absence&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Course&#039; - Check this box to show course view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Activity&#039; - Check this box to show activity view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Grades&#039; - Check this box to show grades in statistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Student reason settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039; - This setting allows students to create an absence reason when they are registered as absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This sets how many days backwards students are allowed to add an absence reason on a course. E.g. the student can register an absence reason 7 days backwards&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence_settings.png|link=http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php/File:Absence_settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error is due to double absence registration. Absence should be deleted in the administrativ program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(UpdateEasyW031) Update Error Username = benj4896 - TimeStamp = 26-09-2018 10:14:55 - ErrorCode = 6 - ErrorText = elev. 2510015153, dato 26.09.2018, lektion: 2 eksisterende fravær kan ikke overskrives&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=2543</id>
		<title>Attendance Registration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php?title=Attendance_Registration&amp;diff=2543"/>
		<updated>2019-02-21T14:43:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bjs: /* Student reason settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Attendance Registration is a tool for the educational sector that makes it easy to register attendance. Through a simple and intuitive interface, the teacher can register who is present, who is late, and who is absent. Registering attendance can be done in a matter of seconds, simply by clicking the button with the student’s name and picture. The interface uses colour codes, which makes it easy to see what the individual students are registered as. You decide which attendance options you want to use - i.e. options for being late, for legal absence, and illegal absence - as well as which colours are used for the different options. When attendance is registered, UMS automatically writes back to the administrative system - if supported. The interface also supports the possibility to see if the student has sent a text message to the school or if the staff has written notes regarding the student’s attendance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are references to other UMS modules, e.g. SMS, in this guide. In case the mentioned modules are not present in your environment, you can ignore these settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit templates, it is also required to have a basic knowledge about the UMS configurator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Supported administrative systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Easy-C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lectio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SIS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Other systems where it is possible to retrieve a timetable for students and teachers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module requirements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testing after setup===&lt;br /&gt;
To start testing after setup, you must log in as a teacher. See if you have access to attendance registration on the front page of UMS portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on attendance registration and check that you can search for timetables for students, teachers, and classes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check that you can register individual students as absent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is necessary to get started===&lt;br /&gt;
To get started, it is necessary to have a running [[UMS]] installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
Install [[UMS]] and [[UMS Academic Web]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Settings for UMS Attendance Basic===&lt;br /&gt;
All settings for UMS Attendance Basic is set in the configurator. In the main menu under &#039;Settings/Services&#039;, it is necessary to set the &#039;Absence service&#039; to run on a server. The service is responsible for sending text messages to students that are registered as absent. Please make sure the service has started and is running. See example of the set up below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AbsenceServiceSetup.png|none|thumb|636x636px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Global settings are settings that are valid for the entire school. For settings that can be altered per education, class, or similar, see &#039;Individual settings&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Global settings are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Attendance colours&lt;br /&gt;
*Design text messages sent to the students&lt;br /&gt;
*Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit attendance types (late, approved, not approved)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Attendance colours====&lt;br /&gt;
Settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\colors&#039; in the main menu. Simply select the colours you want to use for each type of attendance. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencecolor.png|none|thumb|573x573px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Designing text messages sent to the students====&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to preset text messages that will be sent to students if they are registered as absent. The settings are found under &#039;Modules\Absence\SMS&#039; in the main menu. The text messages can be set for each type of attendance both in Danish and English. It is also possible to create multiple text messages for each type of attendance. If you create multiple messages, the system will randomise these messages. Meaning, the system will send different messages to a student each time attendance is registered. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesms.png|none|thumb|598x598px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you edit a message, there are several variables that can be used to ensuaking the messages more personalised. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencesmsvariables.png|none|thumb|670x670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Granting access to teachers/employees and edit access to registration forward-looking====&lt;br /&gt;
Granting access to functions in the registration interface is done under &#039;Setup web access/Absence&#039;. Attendance basic allows &#039;register access&#039; and &#039;Future registration access&#039;. Enter a group (nested groups are allowed) with the teacher/employees that are allowed to use the specific function. See example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The checkboxes have the following meaning:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Count too late on statistics&#039; – Not used for Attendance basic&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show empty days&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit days with no planned timetable?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show weekends&#039; – Should the day ruler show or omit weekends?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show legal&#039; – Is legal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show illegal&#039; – Is illegal attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show too late&#039; – Is too late attendance used on the school/is it shown in the protocol?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absencewebsetup.png|none|thumb|828x828px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Edit attendance types=====&lt;br /&gt;
To edit letters and text used in the attendance module, choose the button &#039;Select&#039; (see the window above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double-click on the row containing the settings you want to edit. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absenceselect.png|none|thumb|874x874px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Individual settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Individual settings can be altered per education, class, or similar. For settings valid for the entire school, see &#039;Global settings&#039;. If an individual setting for a specific group is needed, it is necessary to create the group with the students in question beforehand. These settings can be altered under Configurator\Templates\Edit\Absence\Manage\Add a new or edit an existing setting.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SMS and App settings for notify absence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;SMS Keyword&#039; - The keyword set in this box will define which keyword the student sends in a text message to notify absence. E.g. the keyword &#039;Sick&#039; means the student has to send a message containing &#039;sick&#039; or &#039;sick %reason or message to the teacher%&#039;. Both cases will be accepted by UMS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default incoming SMS status&#039; - These are settings for which type of attendance the system should set as default when receiving a message from a student notifying absence. The teacher will see this status in the attendance registration interface. E.g. when the default type of attendance is &#039;Legal absence&#039;, students will be marked as &#039;Legal absence&#039; when notifying absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Ignore messages for today start/end&#039; - In the set time span, it is not possible for a student to send a text message to notify absence. This means that if the message is received before the given start time, e.g. 10 a.m., the system will check the students schedule for timetable blocks that day and mark the blocks with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039;. The system will then send a reply confirming the student is marked absent. If the message is received between the start and end time, e.g. 10 a.m. and 3 p.m., the system will send the student a reply, saying it is not allowed to notify absence at this time. If the message is received after the given end time, e.g. 3.pm., the system will check the schedule for timetable blocks the following day and mark those with the default attendance status, e.g. &#039;Legal absence&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Require reason&#039; - The school can require the students to give a reason when notifying absence. Check this box if students have to write a reason in order to register as absent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Misc settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Use cards&#039; - This enables students to register via their student ID&#039;s via Bianco. Check this box if the student is allowed to register via card&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show watermark at %&#039; - If the school has a limitation for how high attendance percentage is allowed for a student, this can be set as visible. Check this box if it should be visible if the students are above the accepted limit&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This setting decides how many days backwards a teacher is allowed to register and edit attendance. Set the number of days that are allowed in the drop-down menu &#039;Days back&#039;. Please note that this setting cannot exceed the number of days backwards in the global timetable block data job!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Too late&#039; - This shows the number of minutes a late show should count. &#039;Too late&#039; sets the number of minutes late attendance should count. If a student is late for class it will be registered as e.g. 10 minutes absence. Set the number of minutes that should count in this box&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show percent on studentstat&#039; - Check this box, if students are allowed to see their attendance percent under &#039;My attendance&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Send SMS&#039; - When a student is registered as absent, the system can reply with a text message. Check this box to enable the system to send a reply&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Default calculation view&#039; - Choose between &amp;quot;Display calculation in lessons&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Display calculations in minutes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Lesson length&#039; - Number of minutes one lesson counts for&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Time interval for calculation&#039; - Select the time interval for the calculation of my absence&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Course&#039; - Check this box to show course view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Activity&#039; - Check this box to show activity view for students&#039; &#039;My absence&#039; in both web and app&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Show Grades&#039; - Check this box to show grades in statistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Student reason settings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Allow students to register absence reason&#039; - This setting allows students to create an absence reason when they are registered as absent&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Days back&#039; - This sets how many days backwards students are allowed to add an absence reason on a course. E.g. the student can register an absence reason 7 days backwards&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Ignore messages&#039; - If this feature is set to 00:00 - 00:00 students cannot register as absent. If you want an &amp;quot;Always register for the current day&amp;quot;-functionality, set it to 23:59 - 00:00&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Absence_settings.png|link=http://wiki.inlogic.dk/index.php/File:Absence_settings.png|none|thumb|570x570px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error is due to double absence registration. Absence should be deleted in the administrativ program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(UpdateEasyW031) Update Error Username = benj4896 - TimeStamp = 26-09-2018 10:14:55 - ErrorCode = 6 - ErrorText = elev. 2510015153, dato 26.09.2018, lektion: 2 eksisterende fravær kan ikke overskrives&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bjs</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>